#include "editstr.h"

Include dependency graph for editor.h:

This graph shows which files directly or indirectly include this file:

Macros
#define	RUN_IS_HIDDEN(run)

#define	InitFormatEtc(fe, cf, med)

#define	CP_UNICODE 1200

#define	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This) (This)->lpVtbl

#define	ITextHost_TxGetDC(This) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetDC(This)

#define	ITextHost_TxReleaseDC(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxReleaseDC(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxShowScrollBar(This, a, b) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxShowScrollBar(This,a,b)

#define	ITextHost_TxEnableScrollBar(This, a, b) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxEnableScrollBar(This,a,b)

#define	ITextHost_TxSetScrollRange(This, a, b, c, d) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxSetScrollRange(This,a,b,c,d)

#define	ITextHost_TxSetScrollPos(This, a, b, c) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxSetScrollPos(This,a,b,c)

#define	ITextHost_TxInvalidateRect(This, a, b) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxInvalidateRect(This,a,b)

#define	ITextHost_TxViewChange(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxViewChange(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxCreateCaret(This, a, b, c) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxCreateCaret(This,a,b,c)

#define	ITextHost_TxShowCaret(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxShowCaret(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxSetCaretPos(This, a, b) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxSetCaretPos(This,a,b)

#define	ITextHost_TxSetTimer(This, a, b) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxSetTimer(This,a,b)

#define	ITextHost_TxKillTimer(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxKillTimer(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxScrollWindowEx(This, a, b, c, d, e, f, g) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxScrollWindowEx(This,a,b,c,d,e,f,g)

#define	ITextHost_TxSetCapture(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxSetCapture(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxSetFocus(This) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxSetFocus(This)

#define	ITextHost_TxSetCursor(This, a, b) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxSetCursor(This,a,b)

#define	ITextHost_TxScreenToClient(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxScreenToClient(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxClientToScreen(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxClientToScreen(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxActivate(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxActivate(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxDeactivate(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxDeactivate(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxGetClientRect(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetClientRect(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxGetViewInset(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetViewInset(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxGetCharFormat(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetCharFormat(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxGetParaFormat(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetParaFormat(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxGetSysColor(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetSysColor(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxGetBackStyle(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetBackStyle(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxGetMaxLength(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetMaxLength(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxGetScrollBars(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetScrollBars(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxGetPasswordChar(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetPasswordChar(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxGetAcceleratorPos(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetAcceleratorPos(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxGetExtent(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetExtent(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_OnTxCharFormatChange(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->OnTxCharFormatChange(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_OnTxParaFormatChange(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->OnTxParaFormatChange(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxGetPropertyBits(This, a, b) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetPropertyBits(This,a,b)

#define	ITextHost_TxNotify(This, a, b) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxNotify(This,a,b)

#define	ITextHost_TxImmGetContext(This) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxImmGetContext(This)

#define	ITextHost_TxImmReleaseContext(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxImmReleaseContext(This,a)

#define	ITextHost_TxGetSelectionBarWidth(This, a) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetSelectionBarWidth(This,a)

Functions
static WCHAR *	get_text (const ME_Run *run, int offset)

static const char *	debugstr_run (const ME_Run *run)

ME_Style *	ME_MakeStyle (CHARFORMAT2W *style) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_AddRefStyle (ME_Style *item) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_DestroyStyle (ME_Style *item) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_ReleaseStyle (ME_Style *item) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_Style *	ME_GetInsertStyle (ME_TextEditor *editor, int nCursor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_Style *	ME_ApplyStyle (ME_TextEditor ed, ME_Style sSrc, CHARFORMAT2W *style) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	select_style (ME_Context c, ME_Style s) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_InitCharFormat2W (CHARFORMAT2W *pFmt) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_SaveTempStyle (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_Style style) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_ClearTempStyle (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_DumpStyleToBuf (CHARFORMAT2W *pFmt, char buf[2048]) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_DumpStyle (ME_Style *s) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	cfany_to_cf2w (CHARFORMAT2W to, const CHARFORMAT2W from) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	cf2w_to_cfany (CHARFORMAT2W to, const CHARFORMAT2W from) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_CopyCharFormat (CHARFORMAT2W pDest, const CHARFORMAT2W pSrc) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_CharFormatFromLogFont (HDC hDC, const LOGFONTW lf, CHARFORMAT2W fmt) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_InsertBefore (ME_DisplayItem diWhere, ME_DisplayItem diWhat) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_Remove (ME_DisplayItem *diWhere) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	ME_NextRun (ME_DisplayItem para, ME_DisplayItem run, BOOL all_para) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	ME_PrevRun (ME_DisplayItem para, ME_DisplayItem run, BOOL all_para) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_FindItemBack (ME_DisplayItem *di, ME_DIType nTypeOrClass) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_FindItemFwd (ME_DisplayItem *di, ME_DIType nTypeOrClass) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_FindItemBackOrHere (ME_DisplayItem *di, ME_DIType nTypeOrClass) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_MakeDI (ME_DIType type) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_DestroyDisplayItem (ME_DisplayItem *item) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_DumpDocument (ME_TextBuffer *buffer) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	destroy_para (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_DisplayItem item) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_String *	ME_MakeStringN (LPCWSTR szText, int nMaxChars) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_String *	ME_MakeStringR (WCHAR cRepeat, int nMaxChars) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_String *	ME_MakeStringConst (const WCHAR *str, int len) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_String *	ME_MakeStringEmpty (int len) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_DestroyString (ME_String *s) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	ME_AppendString (ME_String s, const WCHAR append, int len) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_String *	ME_VSplitString (ME_String *orig, int nVPos) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_FindNonWhitespaceV (const ME_String *s, int nVChar) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_CallWordBreakProc (ME_TextEditor editor, WCHAR str, INT len, INT start, INT code) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_StrDeleteV (ME_String *s, int nVChar, int nChars) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	ME_InsertString (ME_String s, int ofs, const WCHAR insert, int len) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

LPWSTR	ME_ToUnicode (LONG codepage, LPVOID psz, INT *len) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_EndToUnicode (LONG codepage, LPVOID psz) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

static int	ME_IsWSpace (WCHAR ch)

static int	ME_CharCompare (WCHAR a, WCHAR b, int caseSensitive)

int	ME_ReverseFindNonWhitespaceV (const ME_String *s, int nVChar) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_ReverseFindWhitespaceV (const ME_String *s, int nVChar) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_RowStart (ME_DisplayItem *item) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_FindRowWithNumber (ME_TextEditor *editor, int nRow) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_RowNumberFromCharOfs (ME_TextEditor *editor, int nOfs) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_MakeRun (ME_Style *s, int nFlags) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_InsertRunAtCursor (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_Cursor cursor, ME_Style style, const WCHAR str, int len, int flags) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_CheckCharOffsets (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_PropagateCharOffset (ME_DisplayItem *p, int shift) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_CharFromPointContext (ME_Context c, int cx, ME_Run run, BOOL closest, BOOL visual_order) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_CharFromPoint (ME_TextEditor editor, int cx, ME_Run run, BOOL closest, BOOL visual_order) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_PointFromCharContext (ME_Context c, ME_Run pRun, int nOffset, BOOL visual_order) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_PointFromChar (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_Run pRun, int nOffset, BOOL visual_order) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	ME_CanJoinRuns (const ME_Run run1, const ME_Run run2) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_JoinRuns (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_DisplayItem p) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_SplitRunSimple (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_Cursor cursor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_UpdateRunFlags (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_Run run) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

SIZE	ME_GetRunSizeCommon (ME_Context c, const ME_Paragraph para, ME_Run run, int nLen, int startx, int pAscent, int *pDescent) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_CursorFromCharOfs (ME_TextEditor editor, int nCharOfs, ME_Cursor pCursor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_RunOfsFromCharOfs (ME_TextEditor editor, int nCharOfs, ME_DisplayItem ppPara, ME_DisplayItem ppRun, int pOfs) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_CharOfsFromRunOfs (ME_TextEditor editor, const ME_DisplayItem pPara, const ME_DisplayItem *pRun, int nOfs) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_SkipAndPropagateCharOffset (ME_DisplayItem *p, int shift) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_SetCharFormat (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_Cursor start, ME_Cursor end, CHARFORMAT2W pFmt) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_SetSelectionCharFormat (ME_TextEditor editor, CHARFORMAT2W pFmt) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_GetCharFormat (ME_TextEditor editor, const ME_Cursor from, const ME_Cursor to, CHARFORMAT2W pFmt) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_GetSelectionCharFormat (ME_TextEditor editor, CHARFORMAT2W pFmt) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_GetDefaultCharFormat (ME_TextEditor editor, CHARFORMAT2W pFmt) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_SetDefaultCharFormat (ME_TextEditor editor, CHARFORMAT2W mod) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_SetCursorToStart (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_Cursor cursor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	set_selection_cursors (ME_TextEditor *editor, int from, int to) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	ME_MoveCursorWords (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_Cursor cursor, int nRelOfs) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	hide_caret (ME_TextEditor *ed) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	show_caret (ME_TextEditor *ed) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	update_caret (ME_TextEditor *ed) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	create_caret (ME_TextEditor *ed) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	ME_CharFromPos (ME_TextEditor editor, int x, int y, ME_Cursor cursor, BOOL *isExact) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_LButtonDown (ME_TextEditor *editor, int x, int y, int clickNum) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_MouseMove (ME_TextEditor *editor, int x, int y) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	ME_DeleteTextAtCursor (ME_TextEditor *editor, int nCursor, int nChars) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_InsertTextFromCursor (ME_TextEditor editor, int nCursor, const WCHAR str, int len, ME_Style *style) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_InsertEndRowFromCursor (ME_TextEditor *editor, int nCursor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_MoveCursorChars (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_Cursor cursor, int nRelOfs, BOOL final_eop) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	ME_ArrowKey (ME_TextEditor *ed, int nVKey, BOOL extend, BOOL ctrl) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_GetCursorOfs (const ME_Cursor *cursor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_GetSelectionOfs (ME_TextEditor editor, int from, int *to) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_GetSelection (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_Cursor from, ME_Cursor *to) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	ME_IsSelection (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_DeleteSelection (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_SendSelChange (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_InsertOLEFromCursor (ME_TextEditor editor, const REOBJECT reo, int nCursor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	ME_InternalDeleteText (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_Cursor start, int nChars, BOOL bForce) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_GetTextLength (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_GetTextLengthEx (ME_TextEditor editor, const GETTEXTLENGTHEX how) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_Style *	ME_GetSelectionInsertStyle (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_GetCursorCoordinates (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_Cursor pCursor, int x, int y, int *height) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_InitContext (ME_Context c, ME_TextEditor editor, HDC hDC) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_DestroyContext (ME_Context *c) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_InvalidateParagraphRange (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_DisplayItem start_para, ME_DisplayItem *last_para) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_SendRequestResize (ME_TextEditor *editor, BOOL force) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_GetParagraph (ME_DisplayItem *run) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_GetSelectionParas (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_DisplayItem para, ME_DisplayItem *para_end) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_MakeFirstParagraph (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_SplitParagraph (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_DisplayItem rp, ME_Style style, const WCHAR eol_str, int eol_len, int paraFlags) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_JoinParagraphs (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_DisplayItem tp, BOOL keepFirstParaFormat) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_DumpParaStyle (ME_Paragraph *s) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_DumpParaStyleToBuf (const PARAFORMAT2 *pFmt, char buf[2048]) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	ME_SetSelectionParaFormat (ME_TextEditor editor, const PARAFORMAT2 pFmt) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_GetSelectionParaFormat (ME_TextEditor editor, PARAFORMAT2 pFmt) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_MarkAllForWrapping (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_SetDefaultParaFormat (ME_TextEditor editor, PARAFORMAT2 pFmt) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	para_num_init (ME_Context c, ME_Paragraph para) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	para_num_clear (struct para_num *pn) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	get_total_width (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	mark_para_rewrap (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_DisplayItem para) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	get_di_from_para (ME_Paragraph *para) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	add_marked_para (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_DisplayItem para) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	remove_marked_para (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_DisplayItem para) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_PaintContent (ME_TextEditor editor, HDC hDC, const RECT rcUpdate) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_Repaint (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_RewrapRepaint (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_UpdateRepaint (ME_TextEditor *editor, BOOL update_now) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_EnsureVisible (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_Cursor pCursor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_InvalidateSelection (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	ME_SetZoom (ME_TextEditor *editor, int numerator, int denominator) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_twips2pointsX (const ME_Context *c, int x) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_twips2pointsY (const ME_Context *c, int y) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_ScrollAbs (ME_TextEditor *editor, int x, int y) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_HScrollAbs (ME_TextEditor *editor, int x) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_VScrollAbs (ME_TextEditor *editor, int y) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_ScrollUp (ME_TextEditor *editor, int cy) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_ScrollDown (ME_TextEditor *editor, int cy) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_ScrollLeft (ME_TextEditor *editor, int cx) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_ScrollRight (ME_TextEditor *editor, int cx) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_UpdateScrollBar (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_GetParaBorderWidth (const ME_Context *c, int flags) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

LRESULT	CreateIRichEditOle (IUnknown outer_unk, ME_TextEditor editor, LPVOID *ppvObj) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_DrawOLE (ME_Context c, int x, int y, ME_Run run, BOOL selected) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_GetOLEObjectSize (const ME_Context c, ME_Run run, SIZE *pSize) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_CopyReObject (REOBJECT dst, const REOBJECT src, DWORD flags) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_DeleteReObject (struct re_object *re_object) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_TextEditor *	ME_MakeEditor (ITextHost *texthost, BOOL bEmulateVersion10) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_DestroyEditor (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

LRESULT	ME_HandleMessage (ME_TextEditor editor, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, BOOL unicode, HRESULT phresult) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_SendOldNotify (ME_TextEditor *editor, int nCode) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	ME_GetTextW (ME_TextEditor editor, WCHAR buffer, int buflen, const ME_Cursor *start, int srcChars, BOOL bCRLF, BOOL bEOP) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_RTFCharAttrHook (struct _RTF_Info *info) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_RTFParAttrHook (struct _RTF_Info *info) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_RTFTblAttrHook (struct _RTF_Info *info) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_RTFSpecialCharHook (struct _RTF_Info *info) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_StreamInFill (ME_InStream *stream) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_ReplaceSel (ME_TextEditor editor, BOOL can_undo, const WCHAR str, int len) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

int	set_selection (ME_TextEditor *editor, int to, int from) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	ME_IsInTable (ME_DisplayItem *pItem) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_InsertTableRowStartFromCursor (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_InsertTableRowStartAtParagraph (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_DisplayItem para) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_InsertTableCellFromCursor (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_InsertTableRowEndFromCursor (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_GetTableRowEnd (ME_DisplayItem *para) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_GetTableRowStart (ME_DisplayItem *para) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_GetOuterParagraph (ME_DisplayItem *para) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_CheckTablesForCorruption (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_ProtectPartialTableDeletion (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_Cursor c, int *nChars) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ME_DisplayItem *	ME_AppendTableRow (ME_TextEditor editor, ME_DisplayItem table_row) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_TabPressedInTable (ME_TextEditor *editor, BOOL bSelectedRow) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_MoveCursorFromTableRowStartParagraph (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

struct RTFTable *	ME_MakeTableDef (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_InitTableDef (ME_TextEditor editor, struct RTFTable tableDef) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

ITextHost *	ME_CreateTextHost (HWND hwnd, CREATESTRUCTW *cs, BOOL bEmulateVersion10) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	add_undo_insert_run (ME_TextEditor , int pos, const WCHAR str, int len, int flags, ME_Style *style) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	add_undo_delete_run (ME_TextEditor *, int pos, int len) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	add_undo_set_para_fmt (ME_TextEditor , const ME_Paragraph para) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	add_undo_set_char_fmt (ME_TextEditor , int pos, int len, const CHARFORMAT2W fmt) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	add_undo_join_paras (ME_TextEditor *, int pos) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	add_undo_split_para (ME_TextEditor , const ME_Paragraph para, ME_String eol_str, const ME_Cell cell) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_CommitUndo (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_ContinueCoalescingTransaction (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_CommitCoalescingUndo (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	ME_Undo (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL	ME_Redo (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	ME_EmptyUndoStack (ME_TextEditor *editor) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

LRESULT	ME_StreamOutRange (ME_TextEditor editor, DWORD dwFormat, const ME_Cursor start, int nChars, EDITSTREAM *stream) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

LRESULT	ME_StreamOut (ME_TextEditor editor, DWORD dwFormat, EDITSTREAM stream) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

HRESULT	ME_GetDataObject (ME_TextEditor editor, const ME_Cursor start, int nChars, LPDATAOBJECT *lplpdataobj) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

void	release_typelib (void) DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

Variables
HANDLE me_heap	DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

Macro Definition Documentation

◆ CP_UNICODE

#define CP_UNICODE 1200

Definition at line 95 of file editor.h.

◆ InitFormatEtc

#define InitFormatEtc	(	fe,
		cf,
		med
	)

Value:

        {\
        (fe).cfFormat=cf;\
        (fe).dwAspect=DVASPECT_CONTENT;\
        (fe).ptd=NULL;\
        (fe).tymed=med;\
        (fe).lindex=-1;\
        };

Definition at line 32 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_OnTxCharFormatChange

#define ITextHost_OnTxCharFormatChange	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->OnTxCharFormatChange(This,a)

Definition at line 319 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_OnTxParaFormatChange

#define ITextHost_OnTxParaFormatChange	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->OnTxParaFormatChange(This,a)

Definition at line 320 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxActivate

#define ITextHost_TxActivate	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxActivate(This,a)

Definition at line 306 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxClientToScreen

#define ITextHost_TxClientToScreen	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxClientToScreen(This,a)

Definition at line 305 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxCreateCaret

#define ITextHost_TxCreateCaret	(	This,
		a,
		b,
		c
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxCreateCaret(This,a,b,c)

Definition at line 295 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxDeactivate

#define ITextHost_TxDeactivate	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxDeactivate(This,a)

Definition at line 307 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxEnableScrollBar

#define ITextHost_TxEnableScrollBar	(	This,
		a,
		b
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxEnableScrollBar(This,a,b)

Definition at line 290 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxGetAcceleratorPos

#define ITextHost_TxGetAcceleratorPos	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetAcceleratorPos(This,a)

Definition at line 317 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxGetBackStyle

#define ITextHost_TxGetBackStyle	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetBackStyle(This,a)

Definition at line 313 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxGetCharFormat

#define ITextHost_TxGetCharFormat	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetCharFormat(This,a)

Definition at line 310 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxGetClientRect

#define ITextHost_TxGetClientRect	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetClientRect(This,a)

Definition at line 308 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxGetDC

#define ITextHost_TxGetDC ( This ) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetDC(This)

Definition at line 287 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxGetExtent

#define ITextHost_TxGetExtent	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetExtent(This,a)

Definition at line 318 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxGetMaxLength

#define ITextHost_TxGetMaxLength	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetMaxLength(This,a)

Definition at line 314 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxGetParaFormat

#define ITextHost_TxGetParaFormat	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetParaFormat(This,a)

Definition at line 311 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxGetPasswordChar

#define ITextHost_TxGetPasswordChar	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetPasswordChar(This,a)

Definition at line 316 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxGetPropertyBits

#define ITextHost_TxGetPropertyBits	(	This,
		a,
		b
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetPropertyBits(This,a,b)

Definition at line 321 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxGetScrollBars

#define ITextHost_TxGetScrollBars	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetScrollBars(This,a)

Definition at line 315 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxGetSelectionBarWidth

#define ITextHost_TxGetSelectionBarWidth	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetSelectionBarWidth(This,a)

Definition at line 325 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxGetSysColor

#define ITextHost_TxGetSysColor	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetSysColor(This,a)

Definition at line 312 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxGetViewInset

#define ITextHost_TxGetViewInset	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxGetViewInset(This,a)

Definition at line 309 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxImmGetContext

#define ITextHost_TxImmGetContext ( This ) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxImmGetContext(This)

Definition at line 323 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxImmReleaseContext

#define ITextHost_TxImmReleaseContext	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxImmReleaseContext(This,a)

Definition at line 324 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxInvalidateRect

#define ITextHost_TxInvalidateRect	(	This,
		a,
		b
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxInvalidateRect(This,a,b)

Definition at line 293 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxKillTimer

#define ITextHost_TxKillTimer	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxKillTimer(This,a)

Definition at line 299 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxNotify

#define ITextHost_TxNotify	(	This,
		a,
		b
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxNotify(This,a,b)

Definition at line 322 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxReleaseDC

#define ITextHost_TxReleaseDC	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxReleaseDC(This,a)

Definition at line 288 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxScreenToClient

#define ITextHost_TxScreenToClient	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxScreenToClient(This,a)

Definition at line 304 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxScrollWindowEx

#define ITextHost_TxScrollWindowEx	(	This,
		a,
		b,
		c,
		d,
		e,
		f,
		g
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxScrollWindowEx(This,a,b,c,d,e,f,g)

Definition at line 300 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxSetCapture

#define ITextHost_TxSetCapture	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxSetCapture(This,a)

Definition at line 301 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxSetCaretPos

#define ITextHost_TxSetCaretPos	(	This,
		a,
		b
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxSetCaretPos(This,a,b)

Definition at line 297 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxSetCursor

#define ITextHost_TxSetCursor	(	This,
		a,
		b
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxSetCursor(This,a,b)

Definition at line 303 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxSetFocus

#define ITextHost_TxSetFocus ( This ) TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxSetFocus(This)

Definition at line 302 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxSetScrollPos

#define ITextHost_TxSetScrollPos	(	This,
		a,
		b,
		c
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxSetScrollPos(This,a,b,c)

Definition at line 292 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxSetScrollRange

#define ITextHost_TxSetScrollRange	(	This,
		a,
		b,
		c,
		d
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxSetScrollRange(This,a,b,c,d)

Definition at line 291 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxSetTimer

#define ITextHost_TxSetTimer	(	This,
		a,
		b
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxSetTimer(This,a,b)

Definition at line 298 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxShowCaret

#define ITextHost_TxShowCaret	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxShowCaret(This,a)

Definition at line 296 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxShowScrollBar

#define ITextHost_TxShowScrollBar	(	This,
		a,
		b
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxShowScrollBar(This,a,b)

Definition at line 289 of file editor.h.

◆ ITextHost_TxViewChange

#define ITextHost_TxViewChange	(	This,
		a
	)	TXTHOST_VTABLE(This)->TxViewChange(This,a)

Definition at line 294 of file editor.h.

◆ RUN_IS_HIDDEN

#define RUN_IS_HIDDEN ( run )

Value:

((run)->style->fmt.dwMask & CFM_HIDDEN \

&& (run)->style->fmt.dwEffects & CFE_HIDDEN)

style

Arabic default style

Definition: afstyles.h:94

CFE_HIDDEN

#define CFE_HIDDEN

Definition: richedit.h:418

CFM_HIDDEN

#define CFM_HIDDEN

Definition: richedit.h:340

Definition at line 29 of file editor.h.

◆ TXTHOST_VTABLE

#define TXTHOST_VTABLE ( This ) (This)->lpVtbl

Definition at line 284 of file editor.h.

Function Documentation

◆ add_marked_para()

void add_marked_para	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_DisplayItem *	para
	)

Definition at line 112 of file para.c.

{
    ME_DisplayItem *iter = editor->first_marked_para;
 
    if (!iter)
    {
        editor->first_marked_para = di;
        return;
    }
    while (iter)
    {
        if (iter == di)
            return;
        else if (di->member.para.nCharOfs < iter->member.para.nCharOfs)
        {
            if (iter == editor->first_marked_para)
                editor->first_marked_para = di;
            di->member.para.next_marked = iter;
            iter->member.para.prev_marked = di;
            break;
        }
        else if (di->member.para.nCharOfs >= iter->member.para.nCharOfs)
        {
            if (!iter->member.para.next_marked || di->member.para.nCharOfs < iter->member.para.next_marked->member.para.nCharOfs)
            {
                if (iter->member.para.next_marked)
                {
                    di->member.para.next_marked = iter->member.para.next_marked;
                    iter->member.para.next_marked->member.para.prev_marked = di;
                }
                di->member.para.prev_marked = iter;
                iter->member.para.next_marked = di;
                break;
            }
        }
        iter = iter->member.para.next_marked;
    }
}

Referenced by mark_para_rewrap(), and ME_MakeFirstParagraph().

◆ add_undo_delete_run()

BOOL add_undo_delete_run	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	pos,
		int	len
	)

Definition at line 204 of file undo.c.

{
    struct undo_item *undo = add_undo( editor, undo_delete_run );
    if (!undo) return FALSE;
 
    undo->u.delete_run.pos = pos;
    undo->u.delete_run.len = len;
 
    return TRUE;
}

Referenced by ME_InsertRunAtCursor().

◆ add_undo_insert_run()

BOOL add_undo_insert_run	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	pos,
		const WCHAR *	str,
		int	len,
		int	flags,
		ME_Style *	style
	)

Definition at line 131 of file undo.c.

{
    struct undo_item *undo = add_undo( editor, undo_insert_run );
    if (!undo) return FALSE;
 
    undo->u.insert_run.str = heap_alloc( (len + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR) );
    if (!undo->u.insert_run.str)
    {
        ME_EmptyUndoStack( editor );
        return FALSE;
    }
    memcpy( undo->u.insert_run.str, str, len * sizeof(WCHAR) );
    undo->u.insert_run.str[len] = 0;
    undo->u.insert_run.pos = pos;
    undo->u.insert_run.len = len;
    undo->u.insert_run.flags = flags;
    undo->u.insert_run.style = style;
    ME_AddRefStyle( style );
    return TRUE;
}

Referenced by ME_InternalDeleteText().

◆ add_undo_join_paras()

BOOL add_undo_join_paras	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	pos
	)

Definition at line 176 of file undo.c.

{
    struct undo_item *undo = add_undo( editor, undo_join_paras );
    if (!undo) return FALSE;
 
    undo->u.join_paras.pos = pos;
    return TRUE;
}

Referenced by ME_SplitParagraph().

◆ add_undo_set_char_fmt()

BOOL add_undo_set_char_fmt	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	pos,
		int	len,
		const CHARFORMAT2W *	fmt
	)

Definition at line 164 of file undo.c.

{
    struct undo_item *undo = add_undo( editor, undo_set_char_fmt );
    if (!undo) return FALSE;
 
    undo->u.set_char_fmt.pos = pos;
    undo->u.set_char_fmt.len = len;
    undo->u.set_char_fmt.fmt = *fmt;
 
    return TRUE;
}

Referenced by ME_SetCharFormat().

◆ add_undo_set_para_fmt()

BOOL add_undo_set_para_fmt	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		const ME_Paragraph *	para
	)

Definition at line 152 of file undo.c.

{
    struct undo_item *undo = add_undo( editor, undo_set_para_fmt );
    if (!undo) return FALSE;
 
    undo->u.set_para_fmt.pos = para->nCharOfs;
    undo->u.set_para_fmt.fmt = para->fmt;
    undo->u.set_para_fmt.border = para->border;
 
    return TRUE;
}

Referenced by ME_JoinParagraphs(), ME_PlayUndoItem(), and ME_SetParaFormat().

◆ add_undo_split_para()

BOOL add_undo_split_para	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		const ME_Paragraph *	para,
		ME_String *	eol_str,
		const ME_Cell *	cell
	)

Definition at line 185 of file undo.c.

{
    struct undo_item *undo = add_undo( editor, undo_split_para );
    if (!undo) return FALSE;
 
    undo->u.split_para.pos = para->nCharOfs - eol_str->nLen;
    undo->u.split_para.eol_str = eol_str;
    undo->u.split_para.fmt = para->fmt;
    undo->u.split_para.border = para->border;
    undo->u.split_para.flags = para->prev_para->member.para.nFlags & ~MEPF_CELL;
 
    if (cell)
    {
        undo->u.split_para.cell_border = cell->border;
        undo->u.split_para.cell_right_boundary = cell->nRightBoundary;
    }
    return TRUE;
}

Referenced by ME_JoinParagraphs().

◆ cf2w_to_cfany()

BOOL cf2w_to_cfany	(	CHARFORMAT2W *	to,
		const CHARFORMAT2W *	from
	)

Definition at line 79 of file style.c.

{
  assert(from->cbSize == sizeof(CHARFORMAT2W));
  if (to->cbSize == sizeof(CHARFORMATA))
  {
    CHARFORMATA *t = (CHARFORMATA *)to;
    CopyMemory(t, from, FIELD_OFFSET(CHARFORMATA, szFaceName));
    WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, from->szFaceName, -1, t->szFaceName, sizeof(t->szFaceName), NULL, NULL);
    t->cbSize = sizeof(*t); /* it was overwritten by CopyMemory */
    t->dwMask &= CFM_ALL;
    t->dwEffects &= CFM_EFFECTS;
    return TRUE;
  }
  if (to->cbSize == sizeof(CHARFORMATW))
  {
    CHARFORMATW *t = (CHARFORMATW *)to;
    CopyMemory(t, from, sizeof(*t));
    t->cbSize = sizeof(*t); /* it was overwritten by CopyMemory */
    t->dwMask &= CFM_ALL;
    t->dwEffects &= CFM_EFFECTS;
    return TRUE;
  }
  if (to->cbSize == sizeof(CHARFORMAT2A))
  {
    CHARFORMAT2A *t = (CHARFORMAT2A *)to;
    /* copy the A structure without face name */
    CopyMemory(t, from, FIELD_OFFSET(CHARFORMATA, szFaceName));
    /* convert face name */
    WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, from->szFaceName, -1, t->szFaceName, sizeof(t->szFaceName), NULL, NULL);
    /* copy the rest of the 2A structure to 2W */
    CopyMemory(&t->wWeight, &from->wWeight, sizeof(CHARFORMAT2W)-FIELD_OFFSET(CHARFORMAT2W,wWeight));
    t->cbSize = sizeof(*t); /* it was overwritten by CopyMemory */
    return TRUE;
  }
  if (to->cbSize == sizeof(CHARFORMAT2W))
  {
    CopyMemory(to, from, sizeof(CHARFORMAT2W));
    return TRUE;
  }
  return FALSE;
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage().

◆ cfany_to_cf2w()

BOOL cfany_to_cf2w	(	CHARFORMAT2W *	to,
		const CHARFORMAT2W *	from
	)

Definition at line 36 of file style.c.

{
  if (from->cbSize == sizeof(CHARFORMATA))
  {
    CHARFORMATA *f = (CHARFORMATA *)from;
    CopyMemory(to, f, FIELD_OFFSET(CHARFORMATA, szFaceName));
    to->cbSize = sizeof(CHARFORMAT2W);
    if (f->dwMask & CFM_FACE) {
      MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, f->szFaceName, -1, to->szFaceName, ARRAY_SIZE(to->szFaceName));
    }
    return TRUE;
  }
  if (from->cbSize == sizeof(CHARFORMATW))
  {
    CHARFORMATW *f = (CHARFORMATW *)from;
    CopyMemory(to, f, sizeof(*f));
    /* theoretically, we don't need to zero the remaining memory */
    ZeroMemory(&to->wWeight, sizeof(CHARFORMAT2W)-FIELD_OFFSET(CHARFORMAT2W, wWeight));
    to->cbSize = sizeof(CHARFORMAT2W);
    return TRUE;
  }
  if (from->cbSize == sizeof(CHARFORMAT2A))
  {
    CHARFORMAT2A *f = (CHARFORMAT2A *)from;
    /* copy the A structure without face name */
    CopyMemory(to, f, FIELD_OFFSET(CHARFORMATA, szFaceName));
    /* convert face name */
    if (f->dwMask & CFM_FACE)
      MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, f->szFaceName, -1, to->szFaceName, ARRAY_SIZE(to->szFaceName));
    /* copy the rest of the 2A structure to 2W */
    CopyMemory(&to->wWeight, &f->wWeight, sizeof(CHARFORMAT2A)-FIELD_OFFSET(CHARFORMAT2A, wWeight));
    to->cbSize = sizeof(CHARFORMAT2W);
    return TRUE;
  }
  if (from->cbSize == sizeof(CHARFORMAT2W))
  {
    CopyMemory(to, from, sizeof(CHARFORMAT2W));
    return TRUE;
  }
 
  return FALSE;
}

Referenced by handle_EM_SETCHARFORMAT(), and ME_MakeFirstParagraph().

◆ create_caret()

void create_caret ( ME_TextEditor * ed )

Definition at line 272 of file caret.c.

{
  int x, y, height;
 
  ME_GetCursorCoordinates(editor, &editor->pCursors[0], &x, &y, &height);
  ITextHost_TxCreateCaret(editor->texthost, NULL, 0, height);
  editor->caret_height = height;
  editor->caret_hidden = TRUE;
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage(), and update_caret().

◆ CreateIRichEditOle()

LRESULT CreateIRichEditOle	(	IUnknown *	outer_unk,
		ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		LPVOID *	ppvObj
	)

Definition at line 5688 of file richole.c.

{
    IRichEditOleImpl *reo;
 
    reo = heap_alloc(sizeof(IRichEditOleImpl));
    if (!reo)
        return 0;
 
    reo->IUnknown_inner.lpVtbl = &reo_unk_vtbl;
    reo->IRichEditOle_iface.lpVtbl = &revt;
    reo->ITextDocument2Old_iface.lpVtbl = &tdvt;
    reo->ref = 1;
    reo->editor = editor;
    reo->txtSel = NULL;
 
    TRACE("Created %p\n",reo);
    list_init(&reo->rangelist);
    list_init(&reo->clientsites);
    if (outer_unk)
        reo->outer_unk = outer_unk;
    else
        reo->outer_unk = &reo->IUnknown_inner;
    *ppvObj = &reo->IUnknown_inner;
 
    return 1;
}

Referenced by insert_static_object(), ITextServicesImpl_QueryInterface(), and ME_HandleMessage().

◆ debugstr_run()

static const char * debugstr_run ( const ME_Run * run )

inlinestatic

Definition at line 46 of file editor.h.

{
    return debugstr_wn( get_text( run, 0 ), run->len );
}

Referenced by itemize_para(), ME_CheckCharOffsets(), ME_DumpDocument(), ME_InternalDeleteText(), ME_JoinParagraphs(), ME_MaximizeSplit(), ME_PropagateCharOffset(), ME_SplitByBacktracking(), and split_run_extents().

◆ destroy_para()

void destroy_para	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_DisplayItem *	item
	)

Definition at line 48 of file para.c.

{
    assert(item->type == diParagraph);
 
    if (item->member.para.nWidth == editor->nTotalWidth)
    {
        item->member.para.nWidth = 0;
        editor->nTotalWidth = get_total_width(editor);
    }
    editor->total_rows -= item->member.para.nRows;
    ME_DestroyString(item->member.para.text);
    para_num_clear( &item->member.para.para_num );
    remove_marked_para(editor, item);
    ME_DestroyDisplayItem(item);
}

Referenced by ME_DestroyEditor(), and ME_JoinParagraphs().

◆ get_di_from_para()

ME_DisplayItem * get_di_from_para ( ME_Paragraph * para )

Definition at line 32 of file para.c.

{
    return (ME_DisplayItem *)((ptrdiff_t)para - offsetof(ME_DisplayItem, member));
}

Referenced by ME_InsertRunAtCursor(), ME_SetCharFormat(), ME_SetParaFormat(), and para_num_clear_list().

◆ get_text()

static WCHAR * get_text	(	const ME_Run *	run,
		int	offset
	)

inlinestatic

Definition at line 41 of file editor.h.

{
    return run->para->text->szData + run->nCharOfs + offset;
}

Referenced by debugstr_run(), draw_text(), ME_CharFromPointContext(), ME_DrawParagraph(), ME_FindNextURLCandidate(), ME_FindText(), ME_GetRunSizeCommon(), ME_GetTextW(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_InsertRowStart(), ME_InternalDeleteText(), ME_MaximizeSplit(), ME_MoveCursorWords(), ME_PointFromCharContext(), ME_SplitByBacktracking(), ME_StreamOutRTF(), ME_StreamOutText(), ME_UpdateRunFlags(), ME_WrapHandleRun(), run_is_entirely_ws(), run_is_splittable(), shape_run(), and test_para_numbering().

◆ get_total_width()

int get_total_width ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 64 of file para.c.

{
    ME_Paragraph *para;
    int total_width = 0;
 
    if (editor->pBuffer->pFirst && editor->pBuffer->pLast)
    {
        para = &editor->pBuffer->pFirst->next->member.para;
        while (para != &editor->pBuffer->pLast->member.para && para->next_para)
        {
            total_width = max(total_width, para->nWidth);
            para = &para->next_para->member.para;
        }
    }
 
    return total_width;
}

Referenced by destroy_para(), and ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs().

◆ hide_caret()

void hide_caret ( ME_TextEditor * ed )

Definition at line 288 of file caret.c.

{
  /* calls to HideCaret are cumulative; do so only once */
  if (!editor->caret_hidden)
  {
    ITextHost_TxShowCaret(editor->texthost, FALSE);
    editor->caret_hidden = TRUE;
  }
}

Referenced by ME_ArrowKey(), ME_HandleMessage(), and update_caret().

◆ mark_para_rewrap()

void mark_para_rewrap	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_DisplayItem *	para
	)

Definition at line 26 of file para.c.

{
    para->member.para.nFlags |= MEPF_REWRAP;
    add_marked_para(editor, para);
}

Referenced by handle_enter(), ME_InsertRunAtCursor(), ME_InternalDeleteText(), ME_JoinParagraphs(), ME_JoinRuns(), ME_MarkForWrapping(), ME_PlayUndoItem(), ME_SetCharFormat(), ME_SetParaFormat(), ME_SplitParagraph(), ME_SplitRunSimple(), and para_num_clear_list().

◆ ME_AddRefStyle()

void ME_AddRefStyle ( ME_Style * item )

Definition at line 454 of file style.c.

{
  assert(s->nRefs>0); /* style with 0 references isn't supposed to exist */
  s->nRefs++;
  all_refs++;
  TRACE_(richedit_style)("ME_AddRefStyle %p, new refs=%d, total refs=%d\n", s, s->nRefs, all_refs);
}

Referenced by add_undo_insert_run(), ME_ApplyStyle(), ME_GetInsertStyle(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_MakeRun(), ME_RTFReadHook(), ME_SaveTempStyle(), ME_StreamIn(), para_num_init(), and RTFUngetToken().

◆ ME_AppendString()

BOOL ME_AppendString	(	ME_String *	s,
		const WCHAR *	append,
		int	len
	)

Definition at line 126 of file string.c.

{
    return ME_InsertString( s, s->nLen, append, len );
}

Referenced by ME_JoinParagraphs(), and ME_SplitParagraph().

◆ ME_AppendTableRow()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_AppendTableRow	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_DisplayItem *	table_row
	)

Definition at line 407 of file table.c.

{
  WCHAR endl = '\r', tab = '\t';
  ME_DisplayItem *run;
  PARAFORMAT2 *pFmt;
  int i;
 
  assert(table_row);
  assert(table_row->type == diParagraph);
  if (!editor->bEmulateVersion10) { /* v4.1 */
    ME_DisplayItem *insertedCell, *para, *cell, *prevTableEnd;
    cell = ME_FindItemFwd(ME_GetTableRowStart(table_row), diCell);
    prevTableEnd = ME_GetTableRowEnd(table_row);
    para = prevTableEnd->member.para.next_para;
    run = ME_FindItemFwd(para, diRun);
    editor->pCursors[0].pPara = para;
    editor->pCursors[0].pRun = run;
    editor->pCursors[0].nOffset = 0;
    editor->pCursors[1] = editor->pCursors[0];
    para = ME_InsertTableRowStartFromCursor(editor);
    insertedCell = ME_FindItemFwd(para, diCell);
    /* Copy cell properties */
    insertedCell->member.cell.nRightBoundary = cell->member.cell.nRightBoundary;
    insertedCell->member.cell.border = cell->member.cell.border;
    while (cell->member.cell.next_cell) {
      cell = cell->member.cell.next_cell;
      para = ME_InsertTableCellFromCursor(editor);
      insertedCell = ME_FindItemBack(para, diCell);
      /* Copy cell properties */
      insertedCell->member.cell.nRightBoundary = cell->member.cell.nRightBoundary;
      insertedCell->member.cell.border = cell->member.cell.border;
    };
    para = ME_InsertTableRowEndFromCursor(editor);
    para->member.para.fmt = prevTableEnd->member.para.fmt;
    /* return the table row start for the inserted paragraph */
    return ME_FindItemFwd(cell, diParagraph)->member.para.next_para;
  } else { /* v1.0 - 3.0 */
    run = ME_FindItemBack(table_row->member.para.next_para, diRun);
    pFmt = &table_row->member.para.fmt;
    assert(pFmt->dwMask & PFM_TABLE && pFmt->wEffects & PFE_TABLE);
    editor->pCursors[0].pPara = table_row;
    editor->pCursors[0].pRun = run;
    editor->pCursors[0].nOffset = 0;
    editor->pCursors[1] = editor->pCursors[0];
    ME_InsertTextFromCursor(editor, 0, &endl, 1, run->member.run.style);
    run = editor->pCursors[0].pRun;
    for (i = 0; i < pFmt->cTabCount; i++) {
      ME_InsertTextFromCursor(editor, 0, &tab, 1, run->member.run.style);
    }
    return table_row->member.para.next_para;
  }
}

Referenced by handle_enter(), and ME_SelectOrInsertNextCell().

◆ ME_ApplyStyle()

ME_Style * ME_ApplyStyle	(	ME_TextEditor *	ed,
		ME_Style *	sSrc,
		CHARFORMAT2W *	style
	)

Definition at line 156 of file style.c.

{
  CHARFORMAT2W fmt = sSrc->fmt;
  ME_Style *s;
 
  assert(mod->cbSize == sizeof(CHARFORMAT2W));
  COPY_STYLE_ITEM(CFM_ANIMATION, bAnimation);
  COPY_STYLE_ITEM(CFM_BACKCOLOR, crBackColor);
  COPY_STYLE_ITEM(CFM_CHARSET, bCharSet);
  COPY_STYLE_ITEM(CFM_COLOR, crTextColor);
  COPY_STYLE_ITEM_MEMCPY(CFM_FACE, szFaceName);
  COPY_STYLE_ITEM(CFM_KERNING, wKerning);
  COPY_STYLE_ITEM(CFM_LCID, lcid);
  COPY_STYLE_ITEM(CFM_OFFSET, yOffset);
  COPY_STYLE_ITEM(CFM_REVAUTHOR, bRevAuthor);
  if (mod->dwMask & CFM_SIZE) {
    fmt.dwMask |= CFM_SIZE;
    fmt.yHeight = min(mod->yHeight, yHeightCharPtsMost * 20);
  }
  COPY_STYLE_ITEM(CFM_SPACING, sSpacing);
  COPY_STYLE_ITEM(CFM_STYLE, sStyle);
  COPY_STYLE_ITEM(CFM_WEIGHT, wWeight);
  /* FIXME: this is not documented this way, but that's the more logical */
  COPY_STYLE_ITEM(CFM_FACE, bPitchAndFamily);
 
  fmt.dwEffects &= ~(mod->dwMask);
  fmt.dwEffects |= mod->dwEffects & mod->dwMask;
  fmt.dwMask |= mod->dwMask;
  if (mod->dwMask & CFM_COLOR)
  {
    if (mod->dwEffects & CFE_AUTOCOLOR)
      fmt.dwEffects |= CFE_AUTOCOLOR;
    else
      fmt.dwEffects &= ~CFE_AUTOCOLOR;
  }
 
  COPY_STYLE_ITEM(CFM_UNDERLINETYPE, bUnderlineType);
  /* If the CFM_UNDERLINE effect is not specified, set it appropriately */
  if ((mod->dwMask & CFM_UNDERLINETYPE) && !(mod->dwMask & CFM_UNDERLINE))
  {
      fmt.dwMask |= CFM_UNDERLINE;
      if (mod->bUnderlineType == CFU_UNDERLINENONE)
          fmt.dwEffects &= ~CFE_UNDERLINE;
      else
          fmt.dwEffects |= CFE_UNDERLINE;
  }
 
  if (mod->dwMask & CFM_BOLD && !(mod->dwMask & CFM_WEIGHT))
  {
      fmt.wWeight = (mod->dwEffects & CFE_BOLD) ? FW_BOLD : FW_NORMAL;
  } else if (mod->dwMask & CFM_WEIGHT && !(mod->dwMask & CFM_BOLD)) {
      if (mod->wWeight > FW_NORMAL)
          fmt.dwEffects |= CFE_BOLD;
      else
          fmt.dwEffects &= ~CFE_BOLD;
  }
 
  LIST_FOR_EACH_ENTRY(s, &editor->style_list, ME_Style, entry)
  {
      if (!memcmp( &s->fmt, &fmt, sizeof(fmt) ))
      {
          TRACE_(richedit_style)("found existing style %p\n", s);
          ME_AddRefStyle( s );
          return s;
      }
  }
 
  s = ME_MakeStyle( &fmt );
  if (s)
      list_add_head( &editor->style_list, &s->entry );
  TRACE_(richedit_style)("created new style %p\n", s);
  return s;
}

Referenced by ME_RTFCharAttrHook(), ME_SetCharFormat(), ME_SetDefaultCharFormat(), ME_SetSelectionCharFormat(), and para_num_init().

◆ ME_ArrowKey()

BOOL ME_ArrowKey	(	ME_TextEditor *	ed,
		int	nVKey,
		BOOL	extend,
		BOOL	ctrl
	)

Definition at line 1630 of file caret.c.

{
  int nCursor = 0;
  ME_Cursor *p = &editor->pCursors[nCursor];
  ME_Cursor tmp_curs = *p;
  BOOL success = FALSE;
 
  ME_CheckCharOffsets(editor);
  switch(nVKey) {
    case VK_LEFT:
      editor->bCaretAtEnd = FALSE;
      if (ctrl)
        success = ME_MoveCursorWords(editor, &tmp_curs, -1);
      else
        success = ME_MoveCursorChars(editor, &tmp_curs, -1, extend);
      break;
    case VK_RIGHT:
      editor->bCaretAtEnd = FALSE;
      if (ctrl)
        success = ME_MoveCursorWords(editor, &tmp_curs, +1);
      else
        success = ME_MoveCursorChars(editor, &tmp_curs, +1, extend);
      break;
    case VK_UP:
      ME_MoveCursorLines(editor, &tmp_curs, -1, extend);
      break;
    case VK_DOWN:
      ME_MoveCursorLines(editor, &tmp_curs, +1, extend);
      break;
    case VK_PRIOR:
      ME_ArrowPageUp(editor, &tmp_curs);
      break;
    case VK_NEXT:
      ME_ArrowPageDown(editor, &tmp_curs);
      break;
    case VK_HOME: {
      if (ctrl)
        ME_ArrowCtrlHome(editor, &tmp_curs);
      else
        ME_ArrowHome(editor, &tmp_curs);
      editor->bCaretAtEnd = FALSE;
      break;
    }
    case VK_END:
      if (ctrl)
        ME_ArrowCtrlEnd(editor, &tmp_curs);
      else
        ME_ArrowEnd(editor, &tmp_curs);
      break;
  }
 
  if (!extend)
    editor->pCursors[1] = tmp_curs;
  *p = tmp_curs;
 
  ME_InvalidateSelection(editor);
  ME_Repaint(editor);
  hide_caret(editor);
  ME_EnsureVisible(editor, &tmp_curs);
  update_caret(editor);
  ME_SendSelChange(editor);
  return success;
}

Referenced by ME_KeyDown().

◆ ME_CallWordBreakProc()

int ME_CallWordBreakProc	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		WCHAR *	str,
		INT	len,
		INT	start,
		INT	code
	)

Definition at line 204 of file string.c.

{
  if (!editor->pfnWordBreak) {
    return ME_WordBreakProc(str, start, len, code);
  } else if (!editor->bEmulateVersion10) {
    /* MSDN lied about the third parameter for EditWordBreakProc being the number
     * of characters, it is actually the number of bytes of the string. */
    return editor->pfnWordBreak(str, start, len * sizeof(WCHAR), code);
  } else {
    int result;
    int buffer_size = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, str, len,
                                          NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
    char *buffer = heap_alloc(buffer_size);
    if (!buffer) return 0;
    WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, str, len,
                        buffer, buffer_size, NULL, NULL);
    result = editor->pfnWordBreak((WCHAR*)buffer, start, buffer_size, code);
    heap_free(buffer);
    return result;
  }
}

Referenced by ME_MoveCursorWords().

◆ ME_CanJoinRuns()

BOOL ME_CanJoinRuns	(	const ME_Run *	run1,
		const ME_Run *	run2
	)

Definition at line 35 of file run.c.

{
  if ((run1->nFlags | run2->nFlags) & MERF_NOJOIN)
    return FALSE;
  if (run1->style != run2->style)
    return FALSE;
  if ((run1->nFlags & MERF_STYLEFLAGS) != (run2->nFlags & MERF_STYLEFLAGS))
    return FALSE;
  return TRUE;
}

Referenced by ME_PrepareParagraphForWrapping().

◆ ME_CharCompare()

static int ME_CharCompare	(	WCHAR	a,
		WCHAR	b,
		int	caseSensitive
	)

inlinestatic

Definition at line 106 of file editor.h.

{
  return caseSensitive ? (a == b) : (towupper(a) == towupper(b));
}

Referenced by ME_FindText().

◆ ME_CharFormatFromLogFont()

void ME_CharFormatFromLogFont	(	HDC	hDC,
		const LOGFONTW *	lf,
		CHARFORMAT2W *	fmt
	)

Definition at line 331 of file style.c.

{
  int ry;
 
  ME_InitCharFormat2W(fmt);
  ry = GetDeviceCaps(hDC, LOGPIXELSY);
  lstrcpyW(fmt->szFaceName, lf->lfFaceName);
  fmt->dwEffects = 0;
  fmt->dwMask = CFM_WEIGHT|CFM_BOLD|CFM_ITALIC|CFM_UNDERLINE|CFM_UNDERLINETYPE|CFM_STRIKEOUT|CFM_SIZE|CFM_FACE|CFM_CHARSET;
  fmt->wWeight = lf->lfWeight;
  fmt->yHeight = -lf->lfHeight*1440/ry;
  if (lf->lfWeight > FW_NORMAL) fmt->dwEffects |= CFM_BOLD;
  if (lf->lfItalic) fmt->dwEffects |= CFM_ITALIC;
  if (lf->lfUnderline) fmt->dwEffects |= CFM_UNDERLINE;
  fmt->bUnderlineType = CFU_UNDERLINE;
  if (lf->lfStrikeOut) fmt->dwEffects |= CFM_STRIKEOUT;
  fmt->bPitchAndFamily = lf->lfPitchAndFamily;
  fmt->bCharSet = lf->lfCharSet;
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_CharFromPoint()

int ME_CharFromPoint	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	cx,
		ME_Run *	run,
		BOOL	closest,
		BOOL	visual_order
	)

Definition at line 521 of file run.c.

{
    ME_Context c;
    int ret;
 
    ME_InitContext( &c, editor, ITextHost_TxGetDC( editor->texthost ) );
    ret = ME_CharFromPointContext( &c, cx, run, closest, visual_order );
    ME_DestroyContext(&c);
    return ret;
}

Referenced by ME_FindRunInRow().

◆ ME_CharFromPointContext()

int ME_CharFromPointContext	(	ME_Context *	c,
		int	cx,
		ME_Run *	run,
		BOOL	closest,
		BOOL	visual_order
	)

Definition at line 462 of file run.c.

{
  ME_String *mask_text = NULL;
  WCHAR *str;
  int fit = 0;
  SIZE sz, sz2, sz3;
  if (!run->len || cx <= 0)
    return 0;
 
  if (run->nFlags & (MERF_TAB | MERF_ENDCELL))
  {
    if (!closest || cx < run->nWidth / 2) return 0;
    return 1;
  }
 
  if (run->nFlags & MERF_GRAPHICS)
  {
    SIZE sz;
    ME_GetOLEObjectSize(c, run, &sz);
    if (!closest || cx < sz.cx / 2) return 0;
    return 1;
  }
 
  if (run->para->nFlags & MEPF_COMPLEX)
  {
      int cp, trailing;
      if (visual_order && run->script_analysis.fRTL) cx = run->nWidth - cx - 1;
 
      ScriptXtoCP( cx, run->len, run->num_glyphs, run->clusters, run->vis_attrs, run->advances, &run->script_analysis,
                   &cp, &trailing );
      TRACE("x %d cp %d trailing %d (run width %d) rtl %d log order %d\n", cx, cp, trailing, run->nWidth,
            run->script_analysis.fRTL, run->script_analysis.fLogicalOrder);
      return closest ? cp + trailing : cp;
  }
 
  if (c->editor->cPasswordMask)
  {
    mask_text = ME_MakeStringR( c->editor->cPasswordMask, run->len );
    str = mask_text->szData;
  }
  else
    str = get_text( run, 0 );
 
  select_style(c, run->style);
  GetTextExtentExPointW(c->hDC, str, run->len,
                        cx, &fit, NULL, &sz);
  if (closest && fit != run->len)
  {
    GetTextExtentPoint32W(c->hDC, str, fit, &sz2);
    GetTextExtentPoint32W(c->hDC, str, fit + 1, &sz3);
    if (cx >= (sz2.cx+sz3.cx)/2)
      fit = fit + 1;
  }
 
  ME_DestroyString( mask_text );
 
  return fit;
}

Referenced by find_split_point(), and ME_CharFromPoint().

◆ ME_CharFromPos()

BOOL ME_CharFromPos	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	x,
		int	y,
		ME_Cursor *	cursor,
		BOOL *	isExact
	)

Definition at line 1122 of file caret.c.

{
  RECT rc;
  BOOL bResult;
 
  ITextHost_TxGetClientRect(editor->texthost, &rc);
  if (x < 0 || y < 0 || x >= rc.right || y >= rc.bottom) {
    if (isExact) *isExact = FALSE;
    return FALSE;
  }
  x += editor->horz_si.nPos;
  y += editor->vert_si.nPos;
  bResult = ME_FindPixelPos(editor, x, y, cursor, NULL, FALSE);
  if (isExact) *isExact = bResult;
  return TRUE;
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage(), ME_LinkNotify(), and ME_SetCursor().

◆ ME_CharOfsFromRunOfs()

int ME_CharOfsFromRunOfs	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		const ME_DisplayItem *	pPara,
		const ME_DisplayItem *	pRun,
		int	nOfs
	)

Definition at line 156 of file run.c.

{
  assert(pRun && pRun->type == diRun);
  assert(pPara && pPara->type == diParagraph);
  return pPara->member.para.nCharOfs + pRun->member.run.nCharOfs + nOfs;
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_CheckCharOffsets()

void ME_CheckCharOffsets ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 101 of file run.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *p = editor->pBuffer->pFirst;
  int ofs = 0, ofsp = 0;
 
  if (!TRACE_ON(richedit_check))
    return;
 
  TRACE_(richedit_check)("Checking begin\n");
  if(TRACE_ON(richedit_lists))
  {
    TRACE_(richedit_lists)("---\n");
    ME_DumpDocument(editor->pBuffer);
  }
  do {
    p = ME_FindItemFwd(p, diRunOrParagraphOrEnd);
    switch(p->type) {
      case diTextEnd:
        TRACE_(richedit_check)("tend, real ofsp = %d, counted = %d\n", p->member.para.nCharOfs, ofsp+ofs);
        assert(ofsp+ofs == p->member.para.nCharOfs);
        TRACE_(richedit_check)("Checking finished\n");
        return;
      case diParagraph:
        TRACE_(richedit_check)("para, real ofsp = %d, counted = %d\n", p->member.para.nCharOfs, ofsp+ofs);
        assert(ofsp+ofs == p->member.para.nCharOfs);
        ofsp = p->member.para.nCharOfs;
        ofs = 0;
        break;
      case diRun:
        TRACE_(richedit_check)("run, real ofs = %d (+ofsp = %d), counted = %d, len = %d, txt = %s, flags=%08x, fx&mask = %08x\n",
          p->member.run.nCharOfs, p->member.run.nCharOfs+ofsp, ofsp+ofs,
          p->member.run.len, debugstr_run( &p->member.run ),
          p->member.run.nFlags,
          p->member.run.style->fmt.dwMask & p->member.run.style->fmt.dwEffects);
        assert(ofs == p->member.run.nCharOfs);
        assert(p->member.run.len);
        ofs += p->member.run.len;
        break;
      case diCell:
        TRACE_(richedit_check)("cell\n");
        break;
      default:
        assert(0);
    }
  } while(1);
  TRACE_(richedit_check)("Checking finished\n");
}

Referenced by ME_ArrowKey(), ME_InternalDeleteText(), ME_JoinParagraphs(), ME_JoinRuns(), ME_KeyDown(), ME_MakeEditor(), and split_run_extents().

◆ ME_CheckTablesForCorruption()

void ME_CheckTablesForCorruption ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 192 of file table.c.

{
  if(TRACE_ON(richedit_lists))
  {
    TRACE("---\n");
    ME_DumpDocument(editor->pBuffer);
  }
#ifndef NDEBUG
  {
    ME_DisplayItem *p, *pPrev;
    pPrev = editor->pBuffer->pFirst;
    p = pPrev->next;
    if (!editor->bEmulateVersion10) /* v4.1 */
    {
      while (p->type == diParagraph)
      {
        assert(p->member.para.fmt.dwMask & PFM_TABLE);
        assert(p->member.para.fmt.dwMask & PFM_TABLEROWDELIMITER);
        if (p->member.para.pCell)
        {
          assert(p->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_CELL);
          assert(p->member.para.fmt.wEffects & PFE_TABLE);
        }
        if (p->member.para.pCell != pPrev->member.para.pCell)
        {
          /* There must be a diCell in between the paragraphs if pCell changes. */
          ME_DisplayItem *pCell = ME_FindItemBack(p, diCell);
          assert(pCell);
          assert(ME_FindItemBack(p, diRun) == ME_FindItemBack(pCell, diRun));
        }
        if (p->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWEND)
        {
          /* ROWEND must come after a cell. */
          assert(pPrev->member.para.pCell);
          assert(p->member.para.pCell
                 == pPrev->member.para.pCell->member.cell.parent_cell);
          assert(p->member.para.fmt.wEffects & PFE_TABLEROWDELIMITER);
        }
        else if (p->member.para.pCell)
        {
          assert(!(p->member.para.fmt.wEffects & PFE_TABLEROWDELIMITER));
          assert(pPrev->member.para.pCell ||
                 pPrev->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWSTART);
          if (pPrev->member.para.pCell &&
              !(pPrev->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWSTART))
          {
            assert(p->member.para.pCell->member.cell.parent_cell
                   == pPrev->member.para.pCell->member.cell.parent_cell);
            if (pPrev->member.para.pCell != p->member.para.pCell)
              assert(pPrev->member.para.pCell
                     == p->member.para.pCell->member.cell.prev_cell);
          }
        }
        else if (!(p->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWSTART))
        {
          assert(!(p->member.para.fmt.wEffects & PFE_TABLEROWDELIMITER));
          /* ROWSTART must be followed by a cell. */
          assert(!(p->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_CELL));
          /* ROWSTART must be followed by a cell. */
          assert(!(pPrev->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWSTART));
        }
        pPrev = p;
        p = p->member.para.next_para;
      }
    } else { /* v1.0 - 3.0 */
      while (p->type == diParagraph)
      {
        assert(!(p->member.para.nFlags & (MEPF_ROWSTART|MEPF_ROWEND|MEPF_CELL)));
        assert(p->member.para.fmt.dwMask & PFM_TABLE);
        assert(!(p->member.para.fmt.wEffects & PFE_TABLEROWDELIMITER));
        assert(!p->member.para.pCell);
        p = p->member.para.next_para;
      }
      return;
    }
    assert(p->type == diTextEnd);
    assert(!pPrev->member.para.pCell);
  }
#endif
}

Referenced by handle_enter(), ME_Redo(), ME_StreamIn(), and ME_Undo().

◆ ME_ClearTempStyle()

void ME_ClearTempStyle ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 523 of file style.c.

{
  if (!editor->pBuffer->pCharStyle) return;
  ME_ReleaseStyle(editor->pBuffer->pCharStyle);
  editor->pBuffer->pCharStyle = NULL;
}

Referenced by ME_DestroyEditor(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_ReplaceSel(), ME_SendSelChange(), and ME_StreamIn().

◆ ME_CommitCoalescingUndo()

void ME_CommitCoalescingUndo ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Commits preceding changes into a undo transaction that can be expanded.

This function allows the transaction to be reopened with ME_ContinueCoalescingTransaction in order to continue the transaction. If an undo item is added to the undo stack as a result of a change without the transaction being reopened, then the transaction will be ended, and the changes will become a part of the next transaction.

This is used to allow typed characters to be grouped together since each typed character results in a single event, and each event adding undo items must be committed. Using this function as opposed to ME_CommitUndo allows multiple events to be grouped, and undone together.

Definition at line 301 of file undo.c.

{
  struct undo_item *item;
  struct list *head;
 
  if (editor->nUndoMode == umIgnore)
    return;
 
  assert(editor->nUndoMode == umAddToUndo);
 
  head = list_head( &editor->undo_stack );
  if (!head) return;
 
  /* no need to commit empty transactions */
  item = LIST_ENTRY( head, struct undo_item, entry );
  if (item->type == undo_end_transaction ||
      item->type == undo_potential_end_transaction)
      return;
 
  add_undo( editor, undo_potential_end_transaction );
}

Referenced by handle_enter(), ME_Char(), and ME_KeyDown().

◆ ME_CommitUndo()

void ME_CommitUndo ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Commits preceding changes into a transaction that can be undone together.

This should be called after all the changes occur associated with an event so that the group of changes can be undone atomically as a transaction.

This will have no effect the undo mode is set to ignore changes, or if no changes preceded calling this function before the last time it was called.

This can also be used to conclude a coalescing transaction (used for grouping typed characters).

Definition at line 227 of file undo.c.

{
  struct undo_item *item;
  struct list *head;
 
  if (editor->nUndoMode == umIgnore)
    return;
  
  assert(editor->nUndoMode == umAddToUndo);
  
  /* no transactions, no need to commit */
  head = list_head( &editor->undo_stack );
  if (!head) return;
 
  /* no need to commit empty transactions */
  item = LIST_ENTRY( head, struct undo_item, entry );
  if (item->type == undo_end_transaction) return;
 
  if (item->type == undo_potential_end_transaction)
  {
      item->type = undo_end_transaction;
      return;
  }
 
  add_undo( editor, undo_end_transaction );
}

Referenced by copy_or_cut(), handle_EM_SETCHARFORMAT(), handle_enter(), IRichEditOle_fnInsertObject(), ME_Char(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_KeyDown(), ME_ReplaceSel(), ME_StreamIn(), ME_WmCreate(), and paste_emf().

◆ ME_ContinueCoalescingTransaction()

void ME_ContinueCoalescingTransaction ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Groups subsequent changes with previous ones for an undo if coalescing.

Has no effect if the previous changes were followed by a ME_CommitUndo. This function will only have an affect if the previous changes were followed by a call to ME_CommitCoalescingUndo, which allows the transaction to be continued.

This allows multiple consecutively typed characters to be grouped together to be undone by a single undo operation.

Definition at line 265 of file undo.c.

{
  struct undo_item *item;
  struct list *head;
 
  if (editor->nUndoMode == umIgnore)
    return;
 
  assert(editor->nUndoMode == umAddToUndo);
 
  head = list_head( &editor->undo_stack );
  if (!head) return;
 
  item = LIST_ENTRY( head, struct undo_item, entry );
  if (item->type == undo_potential_end_transaction)
  {
    list_remove( &item->entry );
    editor->nUndoStackSize--;
    destroy_undo_item( item );
  }
}

Referenced by handle_enter(), ME_Char(), and ME_KeyDown().

◆ ME_CopyCharFormat()

void ME_CopyCharFormat	(	CHARFORMAT2W *	pDest,
		const CHARFORMAT2W *	pSrc
	)

Definition at line 230 of file style.c.

{
  /* using this with non-2W structs is forbidden */
  assert(pSrc->cbSize == sizeof(CHARFORMAT2W));
  assert(pDest->cbSize == sizeof(CHARFORMAT2W));
  *pDest = *pSrc;
}

Referenced by ME_GetDefaultCharFormat(), ME_GetRunCharFormat(), and ME_GetSelectionCharFormat().

◆ ME_CopyReObject()

void ME_CopyReObject	(	REOBJECT *	dst,
		const REOBJECT *	src,
		DWORD	flags
	)

Definition at line 5907 of file richole.c.

{
    *dst = *src;
    dst->poleobj = NULL;
    dst->pstg = NULL;
    dst->polesite = NULL;
 
    if ((flags & REO_GETOBJ_POLEOBJ) && src->poleobj)
    {
        dst->poleobj = src->poleobj;
        IOleObject_AddRef(dst->poleobj);
    }
    if ((flags & REO_GETOBJ_PSTG) && src->pstg)
    {
        dst->pstg = src->pstg;
        IStorage_AddRef(dst->pstg);
    }
    if ((flags & REO_GETOBJ_POLESITE) && src->polesite)
    {
        dst->polesite = src->polesite;
        IOleClientSite_AddRef(dst->polesite);
    }
}

Referenced by create_re_object(), and IRichEditOle_fnGetObject().

◆ ME_CreateTextHost()

ITextHost * ME_CreateTextHost	(	HWND	hwnd,
		CREATESTRUCTW *	cs,
		BOOL	bEmulateVersion10
	)

Definition at line 44 of file txthost.c.

{
    ITextHostImpl *texthost;
 
    texthost = CoTaskMemAlloc(sizeof(*texthost));
    if (!texthost) return NULL;
 
    texthost->ITextHost_iface.lpVtbl = &textHostVtbl;
    texthost->ref = 1;
    texthost->hWnd = hwnd;
    texthost->bEmulateVersion10 = bEmulateVersion10;
    memset( &texthost->para_fmt, 0, sizeof(texthost->para_fmt) );
    texthost->para_fmt.cbSize = sizeof(texthost->para_fmt);
    texthost->para_fmt.dwMask = PFM_ALIGNMENT;
    texthost->para_fmt.wAlignment = PFA_LEFT;
    if (cs->style & ES_RIGHT)
        texthost->para_fmt.wAlignment = PFA_RIGHT;
    if (cs->style & ES_CENTER)
        texthost->para_fmt.wAlignment = PFA_CENTER;
 
    return &texthost->ITextHost_iface;
}

Referenced by create_windowed_editor().

◆ ME_CursorFromCharOfs()

void ME_CursorFromCharOfs	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	nCharOfs,
		ME_Cursor *	pCursor
	)

Definition at line 171 of file run.c.

{
  ME_RunOfsFromCharOfs(editor, nCharOfs, &pCursor->pPara,
                       &pCursor->pRun, &pCursor->nOffset);
}

Referenced by fnTextSrv_TxGetText(), get_textfont_prop_for_pos(), IRichEditOle_fnGetClipboardData(), IRichEditOle_fnGetObject(), ITextRange_fnGetChar(), ITextRange_fnGetText(), ITextRange_fnScrollIntoView(), ITextRange_fnSetText(), ME_FindText(), ME_GetSelectionType(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_InternalDeleteText(), ME_PlayUndoItem(), ME_StreamIn(), set_selection_cursors(), set_textfont_prop(), and textrange_set_font().

◆ ME_DeleteReObject()

void ME_DeleteReObject ( struct re_object * re_object )

Definition at line 5899 of file richole.c.

{
    if (reobj->obj.poleobj)   IOleObject_Release(reobj->obj.poleobj);
    if (reobj->obj.pstg)      IStorage_Release(reobj->obj.pstg);
    if (reobj->obj.polesite)  IOleClientSite_Release(reobj->obj.polesite);
    heap_free(reobj);
}

Referenced by ME_DestroyDisplayItem().

◆ ME_DeleteSelection()

void ME_DeleteSelection ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 1584 of file caret.c.

{
  int from, to;
  int nStartCursor = ME_GetSelectionOfs(editor, &from, &to);
  int nEndCursor = nStartCursor ^ 1;
  ME_DeleteTextAtCursor(editor, nStartCursor, to - from);
  editor->pCursors[nEndCursor] = editor->pCursors[nStartCursor];
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage(), ME_InsertEndRowFromCursor(), ME_InsertOLEFromCursor(), ME_InsertTextFromCursor(), and ME_KeyDown().

◆ ME_DeleteTextAtCursor()

BOOL ME_DeleteTextAtCursor	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	nCursor,
		int	nChars
	)

Definition at line 510 of file caret.c.

{
  assert(nCursor>=0 && nCursor<editor->nCursors);
  /* text operations set modified state */
  editor->nModifyStep = 1;
  return ME_InternalDeleteText(editor, &editor->pCursors[nCursor],
                               nChars, FALSE);
}

Referenced by ME_DeleteSelection(), and ME_KeyDown().

◆ ME_DestroyContext()

void ME_DestroyContext ( ME_Context * c )

Definition at line 44 of file context.c.

{
    select_style( c, NULL );
    if (c->hDC) ITextHost_TxReleaseDC( c->editor->texthost, c->hDC );
}

Referenced by ME_CharFromPoint(), ME_GetCursorCoordinates(), ME_InvalidateParagraphRange(), ME_MakeFirstParagraph(), ME_PaintContent(), ME_PointFromChar(), ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs(), and stream_out_graphics().

◆ ME_DestroyDisplayItem()

void ME_DestroyDisplayItem ( ME_DisplayItem * item )

Definition at line 160 of file list.c.

{
  if (0)
    TRACE("type=%s\n", ME_GetDITypeName(item->type));
  if (item->type==diRun)
  {
    if (item->member.run.reobj)
    {
      list_remove(&item->member.run.reobj->entry);
      ME_DeleteReObject(item->member.run.reobj);
    }
    heap_free( item->member.run.glyphs );
    heap_free( item->member.run.clusters );
    ME_ReleaseStyle(item->member.run.style);
  }
  heap_free(item);
}

Referenced by destroy_para(), ME_DestroyEditor(), ME_InternalDeleteText(), ME_JoinParagraphs(), ME_JoinRuns(), and ME_PrepareParagraphForWrapping().

◆ ME_DestroyEditor()

void ME_DestroyEditor ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 3194 of file editor.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *p = editor->pBuffer->pFirst, *pNext = NULL;
  ME_Style *s, *cursor2;
  int i;
 
  ME_ClearTempStyle(editor);
  ME_EmptyUndoStack(editor);
  editor->pBuffer->pFirst = NULL;
  while(p) {
    pNext = p->next;
    if (p->type == diParagraph)
      destroy_para(editor, p);
    else
      ME_DestroyDisplayItem(p);
    p = pNext;
  }
 
  LIST_FOR_EACH_ENTRY_SAFE( s, cursor2, &editor->style_list, ME_Style, entry )
      ME_DestroyStyle( s );
 
  ME_ReleaseStyle(editor->pBuffer->pDefaultStyle);
  for (i=0; i<HFONT_CACHE_SIZE; i++)
  {
    if (editor->pFontCache[i].hFont)
      DeleteObject(editor->pFontCache[i].hFont);
  }
  if (editor->rgbBackColor != -1)
    DeleteObject(editor->hbrBackground);
  if(editor->lpOleCallback)
    IRichEditOleCallback_Release(editor->lpOleCallback);
  ITextHost_Release(editor->texthost);
  if (editor->reOle)
  {
    IUnknown_Release(editor->reOle);
    editor->reOle = NULL;
  }
  OleUninitialize();
 
  heap_free(editor->pBuffer);
  heap_free(editor->pCursors);
  heap_free(editor);
}

Referenced by ITextServicesImpl_Release(), and ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_DestroyString()

void ME_DestroyString ( ME_String * s )

Definition at line 96 of file string.c.

{
  if (!s) return;
  if (s->free) s->free( s );
  heap_free( s );
}

Referenced by destroy_para(), destroy_undo_item(), draw_text(), ME_CharFromPointContext(), ME_GetRunSizeCommon(), ME_PointFromCharContext(), and para_num_clear().

◆ ME_DestroyStyle()

void ME_DestroyStyle ( ME_Style * item )

Definition at line 442 of file style.c.

{
  list_remove( &s->entry );
  if (s->font_cache)
  {
    release_font_cache( s->font_cache );
    s->font_cache = NULL;
  }
  ScriptFreeCache( &s->script_cache );
  heap_free(s);
}

Referenced by ME_DestroyEditor(), and ME_ReleaseStyle().

◆ ME_DrawOLE()

void ME_DrawOLE	(	ME_Context *	c,
		int	x,
		int	y,
		ME_Run *	run,
		BOOL	selected
	)

Definition at line 5804 of file richole.c.

{
  IDataObject*  ido;
  FORMATETC     fmt;
  STGMEDIUM     stgm;
  DIBSECTION    dibsect;
  ENHMETAHEADER emh;
  HDC           hMemDC;
  SIZE          sz;
  BOOL          has_size;
  HBITMAP       old_bm;
  RECT          rc;
 
  assert(run->nFlags & MERF_GRAPHICS);
  assert(run->reobj);
  if (IOleObject_QueryInterface(run->reobj->obj.poleobj, &IID_IDataObject, (void**)&ido) != S_OK)
  {
    FIXME("Couldn't get interface\n");
    return;
  }
  has_size = run->reobj->obj.sizel.cx != 0 || run->reobj->obj.sizel.cy != 0;
  fmt.cfFormat = CF_BITMAP;
  fmt.ptd = NULL;
  fmt.dwAspect = DVASPECT_CONTENT;
  fmt.lindex = -1;
  fmt.tymed = TYMED_GDI;
  if (IDataObject_GetData(ido, &fmt, &stgm) != S_OK)
  {
    fmt.cfFormat = CF_ENHMETAFILE;
    fmt.tymed = TYMED_ENHMF;
    if (IDataObject_GetData(ido, &fmt, &stgm) != S_OK)
    {
      FIXME("Couldn't get storage medium\n");
      IDataObject_Release(ido);
      return;
    }
  }
  IDataObject_Release(ido);
 
  switch (stgm.tymed)
  {
  case TYMED_GDI:
    GetObjectW(stgm.u.hBitmap, sizeof(dibsect), &dibsect);
    hMemDC = CreateCompatibleDC(c->hDC);
    old_bm = SelectObject(hMemDC, stgm.u.hBitmap);
    if (has_size)
    {
      convert_sizel(c, &run->reobj->obj.sizel, &sz);
    } else {
      sz.cx = dibsect.dsBm.bmWidth;
      sz.cy = dibsect.dsBm.bmHeight;
    }
    if (c->editor->nZoomNumerator != 0)
    {
      sz.cx = MulDiv(sz.cx, c->editor->nZoomNumerator, c->editor->nZoomDenominator);
      sz.cy = MulDiv(sz.cy, c->editor->nZoomNumerator, c->editor->nZoomDenominator);
    }
    StretchBlt(c->hDC, x, y - sz.cy, sz.cx, sz.cy,
               hMemDC, 0, 0, dibsect.dsBm.bmWidth, dibsect.dsBm.bmHeight, SRCCOPY);
 
    SelectObject(hMemDC, old_bm);
    DeleteDC(hMemDC);
    break;
  case TYMED_ENHMF:
    GetEnhMetaFileHeader(stgm.u.hEnhMetaFile, sizeof(emh), &emh);
    if (has_size)
    {
      convert_sizel(c, &run->reobj->obj.sizel, &sz);
    } else {
      sz.cx = emh.rclBounds.right - emh.rclBounds.left;
      sz.cy = emh.rclBounds.bottom - emh.rclBounds.top;
    }
    if (c->editor->nZoomNumerator != 0)
    {
      sz.cx = MulDiv(sz.cx, c->editor->nZoomNumerator, c->editor->nZoomDenominator);
      sz.cy = MulDiv(sz.cy, c->editor->nZoomNumerator, c->editor->nZoomDenominator);
    }
 
    rc.left = x;
    rc.top = y - sz.cy;
    rc.right = x + sz.cx;
    rc.bottom = y;
    PlayEnhMetaFile(c->hDC, stgm.u.hEnhMetaFile, &rc);
    break;
  default:
    FIXME("Unsupported tymed %d\n", stgm.tymed);
    selected = FALSE;
    break;
  }
  ReleaseStgMedium(&stgm);
 
  if (selected && !c->editor->bHideSelection)
    PatBlt(c->hDC, x, y - sz.cy, sz.cx, sz.cy, DSTINVERT);
}

Referenced by ME_DrawRun().

◆ ME_DumpDocument()

void ME_DumpDocument ( ME_TextBuffer * buffer )

Definition at line 187 of file list.c.

{
  /* FIXME this is useless, */
  ME_DisplayItem *pItem = buffer->pFirst;
  TRACE("DOCUMENT DUMP START\n");
  while(pItem) {
    switch(pItem->type)
    {
      case diTextStart:
        TRACE("Start\n");
        break;
      case diCell:
        TRACE("Cell(level=%d%s)\n", pItem->member.cell.nNestingLevel,
              !pItem->member.cell.next_cell ? ", END" :
                (!pItem->member.cell.prev_cell ? ", START" :""));
        break;
      case diParagraph:
        TRACE("Paragraph(ofs=%d)\n", pItem->member.para.nCharOfs);
        if (pItem->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWSTART)
          TRACE(" - (Table Row Start)\n");
        if (pItem->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWEND)
          TRACE(" - (Table Row End)\n");
        break;
      case diStartRow:
        TRACE(" - StartRow\n");
        break;
      case diRun:
        TRACE(" - Run(%s, %d, flags=%x)\n", debugstr_run( &pItem->member.run ),
          pItem->member.run.nCharOfs, pItem->member.run.nFlags);
        break;
      case diTextEnd:
        TRACE("End(ofs=%d)\n", pItem->member.para.nCharOfs);
        break;
      default:
        break;
    }
    pItem = pItem->next;
  }
  TRACE("DOCUMENT DUMP END\n");
}

Referenced by ME_CheckCharOffsets(), and ME_CheckTablesForCorruption().

◆ ME_DumpParaStyle()

void ME_DumpParaStyle ( ME_Paragraph * s )

◆ ME_DumpParaStyleToBuf()

void ME_DumpParaStyleToBuf	(	const PARAFORMAT2 *	pFmt,
		char	buf[2048]
	)

Definition at line 819 of file para.c.

{
  char *p;
  p = buf;
 
#define DUMP(mask, name, fmt, field) \
  if (pFmt->dwMask & (mask)) p += sprintf(p, "%-22s" fmt "\n", name, pFmt->field); \
  else p += sprintf(p, "%-22sN/A\n", name);
 
/* we take for granted that PFE_xxx is the hiword of the corresponding PFM_xxx */
#define DUMP_EFFECT(mask, name) \
  p += sprintf(p, "%-22s%s\n", name, (pFmt->dwMask & (mask)) ? ((pFmt->wEffects & ((mask) >> 16)) ? "yes" : "no") : "N/A");
 
  DUMP(PFM_NUMBERING,      "Numbering:",         "%u", wNumbering);
  DUMP_EFFECT(PFM_DONOTHYPHEN,     "Disable auto-hyphen:");
  DUMP_EFFECT(PFM_KEEP,            "No page break in para:");
  DUMP_EFFECT(PFM_KEEPNEXT,        "No page break in para & next:");
  DUMP_EFFECT(PFM_NOLINENUMBER,    "No line number:");
  DUMP_EFFECT(PFM_NOWIDOWCONTROL,  "No widow & orphan:");
  DUMP_EFFECT(PFM_PAGEBREAKBEFORE, "Page break before:");
  DUMP_EFFECT(PFM_RTLPARA,         "RTL para:");
  DUMP_EFFECT(PFM_SIDEBYSIDE,      "Side by side:");
  DUMP_EFFECT(PFM_TABLE,           "Table:");
  DUMP(PFM_OFFSETINDENT,   "Offset indent:",     "%d", dxStartIndent);
  DUMP(PFM_STARTINDENT,    "Start indent:",      "%d", dxStartIndent);
  DUMP(PFM_RIGHTINDENT,    "Right indent:",      "%d", dxRightIndent);
  DUMP(PFM_OFFSET,         "Offset:",            "%d", dxOffset);
  if (pFmt->dwMask & PFM_ALIGNMENT) {
    switch (pFmt->wAlignment) {
    case PFA_LEFT   : p += sprintf(p, "Alignment:            left\n"); break;
    case PFA_RIGHT  : p += sprintf(p, "Alignment:            right\n"); break;
    case PFA_CENTER : p += sprintf(p, "Alignment:            center\n"); break;
    case PFA_JUSTIFY: p += sprintf(p, "Alignment:            justify\n"); break;
    default         : p += sprintf(p, "Alignment:            incorrect %d\n", pFmt->wAlignment); break;
    }
  }
  else p += sprintf(p, "Alignment:            N/A\n");
  DUMP(PFM_TABSTOPS,       "Tab Stops:",         "%d", cTabCount);
  if (pFmt->dwMask & PFM_TABSTOPS) {
    int i;
    p += sprintf(p, "\t");
    for (i = 0; i < pFmt->cTabCount; i++) p += sprintf(p, "%x ", pFmt->rgxTabs[i]);
    p += sprintf(p, "\n");
  }
  DUMP(PFM_SPACEBEFORE,    "Space Before:",      "%d", dySpaceBefore);
  DUMP(PFM_SPACEAFTER,     "Space After:",       "%d", dySpaceAfter);
  DUMP(PFM_LINESPACING,    "Line spacing:",      "%d", dyLineSpacing);
  DUMP(PFM_STYLE,          "Text style:",        "%d", sStyle);
  DUMP(PFM_LINESPACING,    "Line spacing rule:", "%u", bLineSpacingRule);
  /* bOutlineLevel should be 0 */
  DUMP(PFM_SHADING,        "Shading Weight:",    "%u", wShadingWeight);
  DUMP(PFM_SHADING,        "Shading Style:",     "%u", wShadingStyle);
  DUMP(PFM_NUMBERINGSTART, "Numbering Start:",   "%u", wNumberingStart);
  DUMP(PFM_NUMBERINGSTYLE, "Numbering Style:",   "0x%x", wNumberingStyle);
  DUMP(PFM_NUMBERINGTAB,   "Numbering Tab:",     "%u", wNumberingStyle);
  DUMP(PFM_BORDER,         "Border Space:",      "%u", wBorderSpace);
  DUMP(PFM_BORDER,         "Border Width:",      "%u", wBorderWidth);
  DUMP(PFM_BORDER,         "Borders:",           "%u", wBorders);
 
#undef DUMP
#undef DUMP_EFFECT
}

◆ ME_DumpStyle()

void ME_DumpStyle ( ME_Style * s )

Definition at line 243 of file style.c.

{
  char buf[2048];
  ME_DumpStyleToBuf(&s->fmt, buf);
  TRACE_(richedit_style)("%s\n", buf);
}

◆ ME_DumpStyleToBuf()

void ME_DumpStyleToBuf	(	CHARFORMAT2W *	pFmt,
		char	buf[2048]
	)

Definition at line 250 of file style.c.

{
  /* FIXME only CHARFORMAT styles implemented */
  /* this function sucks, doesn't check for buffer overruns but it's "good enough" as for debug code */
  char *p;
  p = buf;
  p += sprintf(p, "Font face:            ");
  if (pFmt->dwMask & CFM_FACE) {
    WCHAR *q = pFmt->szFaceName;
    while(*q) {
      *p++ = (*q > 255) ? '?' : *q;
      q++;      
    }       
  } else
    p += sprintf(p, "N/A");
 
  if (pFmt->dwMask & CFM_SIZE)
    p += sprintf(p, "\nFont size:            %d\n", pFmt->yHeight);
  else
    p += sprintf(p, "\nFont size:            N/A\n");
 
  if (pFmt->dwMask & CFM_OFFSET)
    p += sprintf(p, "Char offset:          %d\n", pFmt->yOffset);
  else
    p += sprintf(p, "Char offset:          N/A\n");
 
  if (pFmt->dwMask & CFM_CHARSET)
    p += sprintf(p, "Font charset:         %d\n", (int)pFmt->bCharSet);
  else
    p += sprintf(p, "Font charset:         N/A\n");
    
  /* I'm assuming CFM_xxx and CFE_xxx are the same values, fortunately it IS true wrt used flags*/
  ME_DumpStyleEffect(&p, "Font bold:", pFmt, CFM_BOLD);
  ME_DumpStyleEffect(&p, "Font italic:", pFmt, CFM_ITALIC);
  ME_DumpStyleEffect(&p, "Font underline:", pFmt, CFM_UNDERLINE);
  ME_DumpStyleEffect(&p, "Font strikeout:", pFmt, CFM_STRIKEOUT);
  ME_DumpStyleEffect(&p, "Hidden text:", pFmt, CFM_HIDDEN);
  p += sprintf(p, "Text color:           ");
  if (pFmt->dwMask & CFM_COLOR)
  {
    if (pFmt->dwEffects & CFE_AUTOCOLOR)
      p += sprintf(p, "auto\n");
    else
      p += sprintf(p, "%06x\n", (int)pFmt->crTextColor);
  }
  else
    p += sprintf(p, "N/A\n");
  ME_DumpStyleEffect(&p, "Text protected:", pFmt, CFM_PROTECTED);
}

Referenced by ME_DumpStyle(), and ME_KeyDown().

◆ ME_EmptyUndoStack()

void ME_EmptyUndoStack ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 53 of file undo.c.

{
  struct undo_item *cursor, *cursor2;
  if (editor->nUndoMode == umIgnore)
    return;
  
  TRACE("Emptying undo stack\n");
 
  editor->nUndoStackSize = 0;
 
  LIST_FOR_EACH_ENTRY_SAFE( cursor, cursor2, &editor->undo_stack, struct undo_item, entry )
  {
      list_remove( &cursor->entry );
      destroy_undo_item( cursor );
  }
 
  empty_redo_stack( editor );
}

Referenced by add_undo_insert_run(), fnTextSrv_TxSetText(), ME_DestroyEditor(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_ReplaceSel(), and ME_StreamIn().

◆ ME_EndToUnicode()

void ME_EndToUnicode	(	LONG	codepage,
		LPVOID	psz
	)

Definition at line 248 of file string.c.

{
  if (codepage != CP_UNICODE)
    heap_free( psz );
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage(), and ME_SetText().

◆ ME_EnsureVisible()

void ME_EnsureVisible	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_Cursor *	pCursor
	)

Definition at line 1275 of file paint.c.

{
  ME_Run *pRun = &pCursor->pRun->member.run;
  ME_DisplayItem *pRow = ME_FindItemBack(pCursor->pRun, diStartRow);
  ME_DisplayItem *pPara = pCursor->pPara;
  int x, y, yheight;
 
#ifdef __REACTOS__
  if (!pRow || !pPara)
    return;
#else
  assert(pRow);
  assert(pPara);
#endif
 
  if (editor->styleFlags & ES_AUTOHSCROLL)
  {
    x = pRun->pt.x + ME_PointFromChar(editor, pRun, pCursor->nOffset, TRUE);
    if (x > editor->horz_si.nPos + editor->sizeWindow.cx)
      x = x + 1 - editor->sizeWindow.cx;
    else if (x > editor->horz_si.nPos)
      x = editor->horz_si.nPos;
 
    if (~editor->styleFlags & ES_AUTOVSCROLL)
    {
      ME_HScrollAbs(editor, x);
      return;
    }
  } else {
    if (~editor->styleFlags & ES_AUTOVSCROLL)
      return;
    x = editor->horz_si.nPos;
  }
 
  y = pPara->member.para.pt.y + pRow->member.row.pt.y;
  yheight = pRow->member.row.nHeight;
 
  if (y < editor->vert_si.nPos)
    ME_ScrollAbs(editor, x, y);
  else if (y + yheight > editor->vert_si.nPos + editor->sizeWindow.cy)
    ME_ScrollAbs(editor, x, y + yheight - editor->sizeWindow.cy);
  else if (x != editor->horz_si.nPos)
    ME_ScrollAbs(editor, x, editor->vert_si.nPos);
}

Referenced by ME_ArrowKey(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_MouseMove(), and ME_UpdateRepaint().

◆ ME_FindItemBack()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_FindItemBack	(	ME_DisplayItem *	di,
		ME_DIType	nTypeOrClass
	)

Definition at line 111 of file list.c.

{
  if (!di)
    return NULL;
  di = di->prev;
  while(di!=NULL) {
    if (ME_DITypesEqual(di->type, nTypeOrClass))
      return di;
    di = di->prev;
  }
  return NULL;
}

Referenced by adjust_para_y(), handle_enter(), ME_AppendTableRow(), ME_ArrowEnd(), ME_ArrowHome(), ME_ArrowPageDown(), ME_ArrowPageUp(), ME_BeginRow(), ME_CheckTablesForCorruption(), ME_DrawRun(), ME_DrawTableBorders(), ME_EnsureVisible(), ME_ExtendAnchorSelection(), ME_FindPixelPos(), ME_FindText(), ME_GetCharFormat(), ME_GetCursorCoordinates(), ME_GetInsertStyle(), ME_GetOuterParagraph(), ME_GetTableRowStart(), ME_GetXForArrow(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_InsertRunAtCursor(), ME_InsertTextFromCursor(), ME_InternalDeleteText(), ME_JoinParagraphs(), ME_MaximizeSplit(), ME_MoveCursorChars(), ME_MoveCursorLines(), ME_MoveCursorWords(), ME_PaintContent(), ME_PlayUndoItem(), ME_ProtectPartialTableDeletion(), ME_SelectByType(), ME_SelectOrInsertNextCell(), ME_SetCursorToEnd(), and ME_TabPressedInTable().

◆ ME_FindItemBackOrHere()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_FindItemBackOrHere	(	ME_DisplayItem *	di,
		ME_DIType	nTypeOrClass
	)

Definition at line 124 of file list.c.

{
  while(di!=NULL) {
    if (ME_DITypesEqual(di->type, nTypeOrClass))
      return di;
    di = di->prev;
  }
  return NULL;
}

Referenced by ME_GetParagraph(), and ME_RowStart().

◆ ME_FindItemFwd()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_FindItemFwd	(	ME_DisplayItem *	di,
		ME_DIType	nTypeOrClass
	)

Definition at line 134 of file list.c.

{
  if (!di) return NULL;
  di = di->next;
  while(di!=NULL) {
    if (ME_DITypesEqual(di->type, nTypeOrClass))
      return di;
    di = di->next;
  }
  return NULL;
}

Referenced by adjust_para_y(), handle_enter(), ME_AppendTableRow(), ME_ArrowEnd(), ME_ArrowHome(), ME_ArrowPageDown(), ME_ArrowPageUp(), ME_Char(), ME_CheckCharOffsets(), ME_DrawTableBorders(), ME_ExtendAnchorSelection(), ME_FindPixelPos(), ME_FindPixelPosInTableRow(), ME_FindRowWithNumber(), ME_FindRunInRow(), ME_FindText(), ME_GetCharFormat(), ME_GetCursorCoordinates(), ME_GetTableRowEnd(), ME_GetTextW(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_InsertEndParaFromCursor(), ME_InsertRunAtCursor(), ME_InsertTableRowStartAtParagraph(), ME_InsertTextFromCursor(), ME_InternalDeleteText(), ME_InvalidateSelection(), ME_JoinParagraphs(), ME_MoveCursorChars(), ME_MoveCursorFromTableRowStartParagraph(), ME_MoveCursorLines(), ME_MoveCursorWords(), ME_PropagateCharOffset(), ME_ProtectPartialTableDeletion(), ME_RowNumberFromCharOfs(), ME_RTFSpecialCharHook(), ME_RunOfsFromCharOfs(), ME_SelectByType(), ME_SelectOrInsertNextCell(), ME_SetCharFormat(), ME_SetCursorToStart(), ME_SkipAndPropagateCharOffset(), ME_SplitParagraph(), ME_StreamIn(), ME_StreamOutRTFFontAndColorTbl(), ME_StreamOutText(), ME_UpdateLinkAttribute(), and ME_UpdateSelectionLinkAttribute().

◆ ME_FindNonWhitespaceV()

int ME_FindNonWhitespaceV	(	const ME_String *	s,
		int	nVChar
	)

◆ ME_FindRowWithNumber()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_FindRowWithNumber	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	nRow
	)

Definition at line 44 of file row.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *item = ME_FindItemFwd(editor->pBuffer->pFirst, diParagraph);
  int nCount = 0;
 
  while (item->type == diParagraph &&
         nCount + item->member.para.nRows <= nRow)
  {
    nCount += item->member.para.nRows;
    item = item->member.para.next_para;
  }
  if (item->type != diParagraph)
    return NULL;
  for (item = ME_FindItemFwd(item, diStartRow); item && nCount < nRow; nCount++)
    item = ME_FindItemFwd(item, diStartRow);
  return item;
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_GetCharFormat()

void ME_GetCharFormat	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		const ME_Cursor *	from,
		const ME_Cursor *	to,
		CHARFORMAT2W *	pFmt
	)

Definition at line 819 of file run.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *run, *run_end;
  CHARFORMAT2W tmp;
 
  run = from->pRun;
  /* special case - if selection is empty, take previous char's formatting */
  if (from->pRun == to->pRun && from->nOffset == to->nOffset)
  {
    if (!from->nOffset)
    {
      ME_DisplayItem *tmp_run = ME_FindItemBack(run, diRunOrParagraph);
      if (tmp_run->type == diRun) {
        ME_GetRunCharFormat(editor, tmp_run, pFmt);
        return;
      }
    }
    ME_GetRunCharFormat(editor, run, pFmt);
    return;
  }
 
  run_end = to->pRun;
  if (!to->nOffset)
    run_end = ME_FindItemBack(run_end, diRun);
 
  ME_GetRunCharFormat(editor, run, pFmt);
 
  if (run == run_end) return;
 
  do {
    /* FIXME add more style feature comparisons */
    DWORD dwAttribs = CFM_SIZE | CFM_FACE | CFM_COLOR | CFM_UNDERLINETYPE;
    DWORD dwEffects = CFM_BOLD | CFM_ITALIC | CFM_UNDERLINE | CFM_STRIKEOUT | CFM_PROTECTED | CFM_LINK | CFM_SUPERSCRIPT;
 
    run = ME_FindItemFwd(run, diRun);
 
    ZeroMemory(&tmp, sizeof(tmp));
    tmp.cbSize = sizeof(tmp);
    ME_GetRunCharFormat(editor, run, &tmp);
 
    assert((tmp.dwMask & dwAttribs) == dwAttribs);
    /* reset flags that differ */
 
    if (pFmt->yHeight != tmp.yHeight)
      pFmt->dwMask &= ~CFM_SIZE;
    if (pFmt->dwMask & CFM_FACE)
    {
      if (!(tmp.dwMask & CFM_FACE))
        pFmt->dwMask &= ~CFM_FACE;
      else if (wcscmp(pFmt->szFaceName, tmp.szFaceName) ||
          pFmt->bPitchAndFamily != tmp.bPitchAndFamily)
        pFmt->dwMask &= ~CFM_FACE;
    }
    if (pFmt->yHeight != tmp.yHeight)
      pFmt->dwMask &= ~CFM_SIZE;
    if (pFmt->bUnderlineType != tmp.bUnderlineType)
      pFmt->dwMask &= ~CFM_UNDERLINETYPE;
    if (pFmt->dwMask & CFM_COLOR)
    {
      if (!((pFmt->dwEffects&CFE_AUTOCOLOR) & (tmp.dwEffects&CFE_AUTOCOLOR)))
      {
        if (pFmt->crTextColor != tmp.crTextColor)
          pFmt->dwMask &= ~CFM_COLOR;
      }
    }
 
    pFmt->dwMask &= ~((pFmt->dwEffects ^ tmp.dwEffects) & dwEffects);
    pFmt->dwEffects = tmp.dwEffects;
 
  } while(run != run_end);
}

Referenced by get_textfont_prop_for_pos(), ME_GetSelectionCharFormat(), ME_StreamIn(), and ME_UpdateLinkAttribute().

◆ ME_GetCursorCoordinates()

void ME_GetCursorCoordinates	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_Cursor *	pCursor,
		int *	x,
		int *	y,
		int *	height
	)

Definition at line 221 of file caret.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *row;
  ME_DisplayItem *run = pCursor->pRun;
  ME_DisplayItem *para = pCursor->pPara;
  ME_DisplayItem *pSizeRun = run;
  ME_Context c;
  int run_x;
 
  assert(height && x && y);
  assert(~para->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_REWRAP);
  assert(run && run->type == diRun);
  assert(para && para->type == diParagraph);
 
  row = ME_FindItemBack(run, diStartRowOrParagraph);
  assert(row && row->type == diStartRow);
 
  ME_InitContext(&c, editor, ITextHost_TxGetDC(editor->texthost));
 
  if (!pCursor->nOffset)
  {
    ME_DisplayItem *prev = ME_FindItemBack(run, diRunOrParagraph);
    assert(prev);
    if (prev->type == diRun)
      pSizeRun = prev;
  }
  if (editor->bCaretAtEnd && !pCursor->nOffset &&
      run == ME_FindItemFwd(row, diRun))
  {
    ME_DisplayItem *tmp = ME_FindItemBack(row, diRunOrParagraph);
    assert(tmp);
    if (tmp->type == diRun)
    {
      row = ME_FindItemBack(tmp, diStartRow);
      pSizeRun = run = tmp;
      assert(run);
      assert(run->type == diRun);
    }
  }
  run_x = ME_PointFromCharContext( &c, &run->member.run, pCursor->nOffset, TRUE );
 
  *height = pSizeRun->member.run.nAscent + pSizeRun->member.run.nDescent;
  *x = c.rcView.left + run->member.run.pt.x + run_x - editor->horz_si.nPos;
  *y = c.rcView.top + para->member.para.pt.y + row->member.row.nBaseline
       + run->member.run.pt.y - pSizeRun->member.run.nAscent
       - editor->vert_si.nPos;
  ME_DestroyContext(&c);
  return;
}

Referenced by create_caret(), ITextRange_fnScrollIntoView(), and update_caret().

◆ ME_GetCursorOfs()

int ME_GetCursorOfs ( const ME_Cursor * cursor )

Definition at line 957 of file caret.c.

{
  return cursor->pPara->member.para.nCharOfs
         + cursor->pRun->member.run.nCharOfs + cursor->nOffset;
}

Referenced by get_unicode_text(), ITextSelection_fnGetText(), ME_Char(), ME_Copy(), ME_ExtendAnchorSelection(), ME_FindText(), ME_GetDataObject(), ME_GetSelection(), ME_GetSelectionOfs(), ME_GetTextLength(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_InternalDeleteText(), ME_LinkNotify(), ME_MoveCursorChars(), ME_ProtectPartialTableDeletion(), ME_RTFSpecialCharHook(), ME_SetCursor(), ME_StreamIn(), ME_TabPressedInTable(), and ME_UpdateLinkAttribute().

◆ ME_GetDataObject()

HRESULT ME_GetDataObject	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		const ME_Cursor *	start,
		int	nChars,
		LPDATAOBJECT *	lplpdataobj
	)

◆ ME_GetDefaultCharFormat()

void ME_GetDefaultCharFormat	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		CHARFORMAT2W *	pFmt
	)

Definition at line 790 of file run.c.

{
  ME_CopyCharFormat(pFmt, &editor->pBuffer->pDefaultStyle->fmt);
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_GetInsertStyle()

ME_Style * ME_GetInsertStyle	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	nCursor
	)

Definition at line 476 of file style.c.

{
  if (ME_IsSelection(editor))
  {
    ME_Cursor *from, *to;
 
    ME_GetSelection(editor, &from, &to);
    ME_AddRefStyle(from->pRun->member.run.style);
    return from->pRun->member.run.style;
  }
  if (editor->pBuffer->pCharStyle) {
    ME_AddRefStyle(editor->pBuffer->pCharStyle);
    return editor->pBuffer->pCharStyle;
  }
  else
  {
    ME_Cursor *pCursor = &editor->pCursors[nCursor];
    ME_DisplayItem *pRunItem = pCursor->pRun;
    ME_DisplayItem *pPrevItem = NULL;
    if (pCursor->nOffset) {
      ME_Run *pRun = &pRunItem->member.run;
      ME_AddRefStyle(pRun->style);
      return pRun->style;
    }
    pPrevItem = ME_FindItemBack(pRunItem, diRunOrParagraph);
    if (pPrevItem->type == diRun)
    {
      ME_AddRefStyle(pPrevItem->member.run.style);
      return pPrevItem->member.run.style;
    }
    else
    {
      ME_AddRefStyle(pRunItem->member.run.style);
      return pRunItem->member.run.style;
    }
  }
}

Referenced by handle_enter(), ITextRange_fnSetText(), ME_Char(), ME_GetSelectionInsertStyle(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_InsertEndParaFromCursor(), ME_InsertEndRowFromCursor(), ME_InsertOLEFromCursor(), and ME_SetSelectionCharFormat().

◆ ME_GetOLEObjectSize()

void ME_GetOLEObjectSize	(	const ME_Context *	c,
		ME_Run *	run,
		SIZE *	pSize
	)

Definition at line 5727 of file richole.c.

{
  IDataObject*  ido;
  FORMATETC     fmt;
  STGMEDIUM     stgm;
  DIBSECTION    dibsect;
  ENHMETAHEADER emh;
 
  assert(run->nFlags & MERF_GRAPHICS);
  assert(run->reobj);
 
  if (run->reobj->obj.sizel.cx != 0 || run->reobj->obj.sizel.cy != 0)
  {
    convert_sizel(c, &run->reobj->obj.sizel, pSize);
    if (c->editor->nZoomNumerator != 0)
    {
      pSize->cx = MulDiv(pSize->cx, c->editor->nZoomNumerator, c->editor->nZoomDenominator);
      pSize->cy = MulDiv(pSize->cy, c->editor->nZoomNumerator, c->editor->nZoomDenominator);
    }
    return;
  }
 
  if (!run->reobj->obj.poleobj)
  {
    pSize->cx = pSize->cy = 0;
    return;
  }
 
  if (IOleObject_QueryInterface(run->reobj->obj.poleobj, &IID_IDataObject, (void**)&ido) != S_OK)
  {
      FIXME("Query Interface IID_IDataObject failed!\n");
      pSize->cx = pSize->cy = 0;
      return;
  }
  fmt.cfFormat = CF_BITMAP;
  fmt.ptd = NULL;
  fmt.dwAspect = DVASPECT_CONTENT;
  fmt.lindex = -1;
  fmt.tymed = TYMED_GDI;
  if (IDataObject_GetData(ido, &fmt, &stgm) != S_OK)
  {
    fmt.cfFormat = CF_ENHMETAFILE;
    fmt.tymed = TYMED_ENHMF;
    if (IDataObject_GetData(ido, &fmt, &stgm) != S_OK)
    {
      FIXME("unsupported format\n");
      pSize->cx = pSize->cy = 0;
      IDataObject_Release(ido);
      return;
    }
  }
  IDataObject_Release(ido);
 
  switch (stgm.tymed)
  {
  case TYMED_GDI:
    GetObjectW(stgm.u.hBitmap, sizeof(dibsect), &dibsect);
    pSize->cx = dibsect.dsBm.bmWidth;
    pSize->cy = dibsect.dsBm.bmHeight;
    break;
  case TYMED_ENHMF:
    GetEnhMetaFileHeader(stgm.u.hEnhMetaFile, sizeof(emh), &emh);
    pSize->cx = emh.rclBounds.right - emh.rclBounds.left;
    pSize->cy = emh.rclBounds.bottom - emh.rclBounds.top;
    break;
  default:
    FIXME("Unsupported tymed %d\n", stgm.tymed);
    break;
  }
  ReleaseStgMedium(&stgm);
  if (c->editor->nZoomNumerator != 0)
  {
    pSize->cx = MulDiv(pSize->cx, c->editor->nZoomNumerator, c->editor->nZoomDenominator);
    pSize->cy = MulDiv(pSize->cy, c->editor->nZoomNumerator, c->editor->nZoomDenominator);
  }
}

Referenced by ME_CharFromPointContext(), ME_GetRunSizeCommon(), and ME_PointFromCharContext().

◆ ME_GetOuterParagraph()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_GetOuterParagraph ( ME_DisplayItem * para )

Definition at line 172 of file table.c.

{
  if (para->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWEND)
    para = para->member.para.prev_para;
  while (para->member.para.pCell)
  {
    para = ME_GetTableRowStart(para);
    if (!para->member.para.pCell)
      break;
    para = ME_FindItemBack(para->member.para.pCell, diParagraph);
  }
  return para;
}

Referenced by ME_InvalidateParagraphRange().

◆ ME_GetParaBorderWidth()

int ME_GetParaBorderWidth	(	const ME_Context *	c,
		int	flags
	)

Definition at line 529 of file paint.c.

{
  int idx = (flags >> 8) & 0xF;
  int width;
 
  if (idx >= ARRAY_SIZE(border_details))
  {
      FIXME("Unsupported border value %d\n", idx);
      return 0;
  }
  width = ME_GetBorderPenWidth(c, idx);
  if (border_details[idx].dble) width = width * 2 + 1;
  return width;
}

Referenced by ME_DrawParaDecoration(), and ME_WrapTextParagraph().

◆ ME_GetParagraph()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_GetParagraph ( ME_DisplayItem * run )

Definition at line 815 of file para.c.

                                                      {
  return ME_FindItemBackOrHere(item, diParagraph);
}

Referenced by ME_ArrowEnd(), ME_ArrowHome(), ME_ExtendAnchorSelection(), ME_FindRunInRow(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_InsertTableRowStartAtParagraph(), ME_IsInTable(), ME_JoinRuns(), ME_MoveCursorLines(), ME_RTFSpecialCharHook(), ME_SelectByType(), ME_SelectOrInsertNextCell(), and ME_SplitParagraph().

◆ ME_GetRunSizeCommon()

SIZE ME_GetRunSizeCommon	(	ME_Context *	c,
		const ME_Paragraph *	para,
		ME_Run *	run,
		int	nLen,
		int	startx,
		int *	pAscent,
		int *	pDescent
	)

Definition at line 616 of file run.c.

{
  static const WCHAR spaceW[] = {' ',0};
  SIZE size;
 
  nLen = min( nLen, run->len );
 
  if (run->nFlags & MERF_ENDPARA)
  {
      nLen = min( nLen, 1 );
      ME_GetTextExtent(c, spaceW, nLen, run->style, &size);
  }
  else if (para->nFlags & MEPF_COMPLEX)
  {
      size.cx = run->nWidth;
  }
  else if (c->editor->cPasswordMask)
  {
    ME_String *szMasked = ME_MakeStringR(c->editor->cPasswordMask,nLen);
    ME_GetTextExtent(c, szMasked->szData, nLen,run->style, &size); 
    ME_DestroyString(szMasked);
  }
  else
  {
    ME_GetTextExtent(c, get_text( run, 0 ), nLen, run->style, &size);
  }
  *pAscent = run->style->tm.tmAscent;
  *pDescent = run->style->tm.tmDescent;
  size.cy = *pAscent + *pDescent;
 
  if (run->nFlags & MERF_TAB)
  {
    int pos = 0, i = 0, ppos, shift = 0;
    const PARAFORMAT2 *pFmt = &para->fmt;
 
    if (c->editor->bEmulateVersion10 && /* v1.0 - 3.0 */
        pFmt->dwMask & PFM_TABLE && pFmt->wEffects & PFE_TABLE)
      /* The horizontal gap shifts the tab positions to leave the gap. */
      shift = pFmt->dxOffset * 2;
    do {
      if (i < pFmt->cTabCount)
      {
        /* Only one side of the horizontal gap is needed at the end of
         * the table row. */
        if (i == pFmt->cTabCount -1)
          shift = shift >> 1;
        pos = shift + (pFmt->rgxTabs[i]&0x00FFFFFF);
        i++;
      }
      else
      {
        pos += lDefaultTab - (pos % lDefaultTab);
      }
      ppos = ME_twips2pointsX(c, pos);
      if (ppos > startx + run->pt.x) {
        size.cx = ppos - startx - run->pt.x;
        break;
      }
    } while(1);
    size.cy = *pAscent + *pDescent;
    return size;
  }
  if (run->nFlags & MERF_GRAPHICS)
  {
    ME_GetOLEObjectSize(c, run, &size);
    if (size.cy > *pAscent)
      *pAscent = size.cy;
    /* descent is unchanged */
    return size;
  }
  return size;
}

Referenced by calc_run_extent().

◆ ME_GetSelection()

int ME_GetSelection	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_Cursor **	from,
		ME_Cursor **	to
	)

Definition at line 57 of file caret.c.

{
  int from_ofs = ME_GetCursorOfs( &editor->pCursors[0] );
  int to_ofs   = ME_GetCursorOfs( &editor->pCursors[1] );
  BOOL swap = (from_ofs > to_ofs);
 
  if (from_ofs == to_ofs)
  {
      /* If cursor[0] is at the beginning of a run and cursor[1] at the end
         of the prev run then we need to swap. */
      if (editor->pCursors[0].nOffset < editor->pCursors[1].nOffset)
          swap = TRUE;
  }
 
  if (!swap)
  {
    *from = &editor->pCursors[0];
    *to = &editor->pCursors[1];
    return 0;
  } else {
    *from = &editor->pCursors[1];
    *to = &editor->pCursors[0];
    return 1;
  }
}

Referenced by IRichEditOle_fnGetObject(), ITextSelection_fnGetChar(), ITextSelection_fnGetText(), ME_GetInsertStyle(), ME_GetSelectionCharFormat(), ME_SetSelectionCharFormat(), ME_StreamIn(), and ME_UpdateSelectionLinkAttribute().

◆ ME_GetSelectionCharFormat()

void ME_GetSelectionCharFormat	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		CHARFORMAT2W *	pFmt
	)

Definition at line 801 of file run.c.

{
  ME_Cursor *from, *to;
  if (!ME_IsSelection(editor) && editor->pBuffer->pCharStyle)
  {
    ME_CopyCharFormat(pFmt, &editor->pBuffer->pCharStyle->fmt);
    return;
  }
  ME_GetSelection(editor, &from, &to);
  ME_GetCharFormat(editor, from, to, pFmt);
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage(), ME_KeyDown(), and update_caret().

◆ ME_GetSelectionInsertStyle()

ME_Style * ME_GetSelectionInsertStyle ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 1593 of file caret.c.

{
  return ME_GetInsertStyle(editor, 0);
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage(), ME_ReplaceSel(), and ME_StreamIn().

◆ ME_GetSelectionOfs()

int ME_GetSelectionOfs	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int *	from,
		int *	to
	)

Definition at line 42 of file caret.c.

{
  *from = ME_GetCursorOfs(&editor->pCursors[0]);
  *to =   ME_GetCursorOfs(&editor->pCursors[1]);
 
  if (*from > *to)
  {
    int tmp = *from;
    *from = *to;
    *to = tmp;
    return 1;
  }
  return 0;
}

Referenced by copy_or_cut(), handle_enter(), IRichEditOle_fnGetClipboardData(), ITextSelection_fnCollapse(), ITextSelection_fnGetEnd(), ITextSelection_fnGetStart(), ITextSelection_fnSetEnd(), ITextSelection_fnSetStart(), ITextSelection_fnSetText(), ME_Char(), ME_DeleteSelection(), ME_DrawRun(), ME_GetSelectionType(), ME_GetTextEx(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_InvalidateSelection(), ME_ReplaceSel(), ME_SendSelChange(), ME_SetCursor(), ME_ShowContextMenu(), ME_StreamIn(), ME_StreamOut(), and set_selection_cursors().

◆ ME_GetSelectionParaFormat()

void ME_GetSelectionParaFormat	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		PARAFORMAT2 *	pFmt
	)

Definition at line 937 of file para.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *para, *para_end;
  PARAFORMAT2 *curFmt;
 
  if (pFmt->cbSize < sizeof(PARAFORMAT)) {
    pFmt->dwMask = 0;
    return;
  }
 
  ME_GetSelectionParas(editor, &para, &para_end);
 
  ME_GetParaFormat(editor, para, pFmt);
 
  /* Invalidate values that change across the selected paragraphs. */
  while (para != para_end)
  {
    para = para->member.para.next_para;
    curFmt = &para->member.para.fmt;
 
#define CHECK_FIELD(m, f) \
    if (pFmt->f != curFmt->f) pFmt->dwMask &= ~(m);
 
    CHECK_FIELD(PFM_NUMBERING, wNumbering);
    CHECK_FIELD(PFM_STARTINDENT, dxStartIndent);
    CHECK_FIELD(PFM_RIGHTINDENT, dxRightIndent);
    CHECK_FIELD(PFM_OFFSET, dxOffset);
    CHECK_FIELD(PFM_ALIGNMENT, wAlignment);
    if (pFmt->dwMask & PFM_TABSTOPS) {
      if (pFmt->cTabCount != para->member.para.fmt.cTabCount ||
          memcmp(pFmt->rgxTabs, curFmt->rgxTabs, curFmt->cTabCount*sizeof(int)))
        pFmt->dwMask &= ~PFM_TABSTOPS;
    }
 
    if (pFmt->dwMask >= sizeof(PARAFORMAT2))
    {
      pFmt->dwMask &= ~((pFmt->wEffects ^ curFmt->wEffects) << 16);
      CHECK_FIELD(PFM_SPACEBEFORE, dySpaceBefore);
      CHECK_FIELD(PFM_SPACEAFTER, dySpaceAfter);
      CHECK_FIELD(PFM_LINESPACING, dyLineSpacing);
      CHECK_FIELD(PFM_STYLE, sStyle);
      CHECK_FIELD(PFM_SPACEAFTER, bLineSpacingRule);
      CHECK_FIELD(PFM_SHADING, wShadingWeight);
      CHECK_FIELD(PFM_SHADING, wShadingStyle);
      CHECK_FIELD(PFM_NUMBERINGSTART, wNumberingStart);
      CHECK_FIELD(PFM_NUMBERINGSTYLE, wNumberingStyle);
      CHECK_FIELD(PFM_NUMBERINGTAB, wNumberingTab);
      CHECK_FIELD(PFM_BORDER, wBorderSpace);
      CHECK_FIELD(PFM_BORDER, wBorderWidth);
      CHECK_FIELD(PFM_BORDER, wBorders);
    }
#undef CHECK_FIELD
  }
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage(), and ME_RTFParAttrHook().

◆ ME_GetSelectionParas()

void ME_GetSelectionParas	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_DisplayItem **	para,
		ME_DisplayItem **	para_end
	)

Definition at line 883 of file para.c.

{
  ME_Cursor *pEndCursor = &editor->pCursors[1];
 
  *para = editor->pCursors[0].pPara;
  *para_end = editor->pCursors[1].pPara;
  if (*para == *para_end)
    return;
 
  if ((*para_end)->member.para.nCharOfs < (*para)->member.para.nCharOfs) {
    ME_DisplayItem *tmp = *para;
 
    *para = *para_end;
    *para_end = tmp;
    pEndCursor = &editor->pCursors[0];
  }
 
  /* The paragraph at the end of a non-empty selection isn't included
   * if the selection ends at the start of the paragraph. */
  if (!pEndCursor->pRun->member.run.nCharOfs && !pEndCursor->nOffset)
    *para_end = (*para_end)->member.para.prev_para;
}

Referenced by ME_GetSelectionParaFormat(), ME_InvalidateSelection(), and ME_SetSelectionParaFormat().

◆ ME_GetTableRowEnd()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_GetTableRowEnd ( ME_DisplayItem * para )

Definition at line 136 of file table.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *cell;
  assert(para);
  if (para->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWEND)
    return para;
  if (para->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWSTART)
    para = para->member.para.next_para;
  cell = para->member.para.pCell;
  assert(cell && cell->type == diCell);
  while (cell->member.cell.next_cell)
    cell = cell->member.cell.next_cell;
 
  para = ME_FindItemFwd(cell, diParagraph);
  assert(para && para->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWEND);
  return para;
}

Referenced by ME_AppendTableRow(), ME_BeginRow(), ME_DrawTableBorders(), ME_FindPixelPos(), ME_MoveCursorLines(), ME_ProtectPartialTableDeletion(), ME_SelectOrInsertNextCell(), ME_StreamOutRTFTableProps(), and ME_WrapTextParagraph().

◆ ME_GetTableRowStart()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_GetTableRowStart ( ME_DisplayItem * para )

Definition at line 154 of file table.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *cell;
  assert(para);
  if (para->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWSTART)
    return para;
  if (para->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWEND)
    para = para->member.para.prev_para;
  cell = para->member.para.pCell;
  assert(cell && cell->type == diCell);
  while (cell->member.cell.prev_cell)
    cell = cell->member.cell.prev_cell;
 
  para = ME_FindItemBack(cell, diParagraph);
  assert(para && para->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWSTART);
  return para;
}

Referenced by ME_AppendTableRow(), ME_GetOuterParagraph(), ME_MoveCursorLines(), ME_SelectOrInsertNextCell(), and ME_StreamOutRTFTableProps().

◆ ME_GetTextLength()

int ME_GetTextLength ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 83 of file caret.c.

{
  ME_Cursor cursor;
  ME_SetCursorToEnd(editor, &cursor, FALSE);
  return ME_GetCursorOfs(&cursor);
}

Referenced by cp2range(), fnTextSrv_TxGetText(), fnTextSrv_TxSetText(), handle_enter(), ITextRange_fnGetText(), ITextSelection_fnGetText(), ME_Char(), ME_FindText(), ME_GetTextLengthEx(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_InsertTextFromCursor(), ME_InternalDeleteText(), ME_InvalidateSelection(), ME_MoveCursorChars(), ME_RunOfsFromCharOfs(), ME_StreamIn(), ME_StreamOut(), set_selection_cursors(), textrange_get_storylength(), textrange_setend(), and textrange_setstart().

◆ ME_GetTextLengthEx()

int ME_GetTextLengthEx	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		const GETTEXTLENGTHEX *	how
	)

Definition at line 91 of file caret.c.

{
  int length;
 
  if (how->flags & GTL_PRECISE && how->flags & GTL_CLOSE)
    return E_INVALIDARG;
  if (how->flags & GTL_NUMCHARS && how->flags & GTL_NUMBYTES)
    return E_INVALIDARG;
  
  length = ME_GetTextLength(editor);
 
  if ((editor->styleFlags & ES_MULTILINE)
        && (how->flags & GTL_USECRLF)
        && !editor->bEmulateVersion10) /* Ignore GTL_USECRLF flag in 1.0 emulation */
    length += editor->nParagraphs - 1;
 
  if (how->flags & GTL_NUMBYTES ||
      (how->flags & GTL_PRECISE &&     /* GTL_PRECISE seems to imply GTL_NUMBYTES */
       !(how->flags & GTL_NUMCHARS)))  /* unless GTL_NUMCHARS is given */
  {
    CPINFO cpinfo;
    
    if (how->codepage == 1200)
      return length * 2;
    if (how->flags & GTL_PRECISE)
      FIXME("GTL_PRECISE flag unsupported. Using GTL_CLOSE\n");
    if (GetCPInfo(how->codepage, &cpinfo))
      return length * cpinfo.MaxCharSize;
    ERR("Invalid codepage %u\n", how->codepage);
    return E_INVALIDARG;
  }
  return length; 
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_GetTextW()

int ME_GetTextW	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		WCHAR *	buffer,
		int	buflen,
		const ME_Cursor *	start,
		int	srcChars,
		BOOL	bCRLF,
		BOOL	bEOP
	)

Definition at line 5192 of file editor.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *pRun, *pNextRun;
  const WCHAR *pStart = buffer;
  const WCHAR cr_lf[] = {'\r', '\n', 0};
  const WCHAR *str;
  int nLen;
 
  /* bCRLF flag is only honored in 2.0 and up. 1.0 must always return text verbatim */
  if (editor->bEmulateVersion10) bCRLF = FALSE;
 
  pRun = start->pRun;
  assert(pRun);
  pNextRun = ME_FindItemFwd(pRun, diRun);
 
  nLen = pRun->member.run.len - start->nOffset;
  str = get_text( &pRun->member.run, start->nOffset );
 
  while (srcChars && buflen && pNextRun)
  {
    int nFlags = pRun->member.run.nFlags;
 
    if (bCRLF && nFlags & MERF_ENDPARA && ~nFlags & MERF_ENDCELL)
    {
      if (buflen == 1) break;
      /* FIXME: native fails to reduce srcChars here for WM_GETTEXT or
       *        EM_GETTEXTEX, however, this is done for copying text which
       *        also uses this function. */
      srcChars -= min(nLen, srcChars);
      nLen = 2;
      str = cr_lf;
    } else {
      nLen = min(nLen, srcChars);
      srcChars -= nLen;
    }
 
    nLen = min(nLen, buflen);
    buflen -= nLen;
 
    CopyMemory(buffer, str, sizeof(WCHAR) * nLen);
 
    buffer += nLen;
 
    pRun = pNextRun;
    pNextRun = ME_FindItemFwd(pRun, diRun);
 
    nLen = pRun->member.run.len;
    str = get_text( &pRun->member.run, 0 );
  }
  /* append '\r' to the last paragraph. */
  if (pRun->next->type == diTextEnd && bEOP)
  {
    *buffer = '\r';
    buffer ++;
  }
  *buffer = 0;
  return buffer - pStart;
}

Referenced by fnTextSrv_TxGetText(), get_unicode_text(), ITextRange_fnGetText(), ITextSelection_fnGetText(), ME_GetTextEx(), ME_GetTextRange(), ME_IsCandidateAnURL(), ME_StreamIn(), and range_GetChar().

◆ ME_HandleMessage()

LRESULT ME_HandleMessage	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		UINT	msg,
		WPARAM	wParam,
		LPARAM	lParam,
		BOOL	unicode,
		HRESULT *	phresult
	)

Definition at line 3604 of file editor.c.

{
  *phresult = S_OK;
 
  switch(msg) {
 
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_DISPLAYBAND)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_FINDWORDBREAK)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_FMTLINES)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_FORMATRANGE)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_GETBIDIOPTIONS)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_GETEDITSTYLE)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_GETIMECOMPMODE)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_GETIMESTATUS)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_SETIMESTATUS)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_GETLANGOPTIONS)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_GETREDONAME)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_GETTYPOGRAPHYOPTIONS)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_GETUNDONAME)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_GETWORDBREAKPROCEX)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_SETBIDIOPTIONS)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_SETEDITSTYLE)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_SETLANGOPTIONS)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_SETMARGINS)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_SETPALETTE)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_SETTABSTOPS)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_SETTYPOGRAPHYOPTIONS)
  UNSUPPORTED_MSG(EM_SETWORDBREAKPROCEX)
 
/* Messages specific to Richedit controls */
 
  case EM_STREAMIN:
   return ME_StreamIn(editor, wParam, (EDITSTREAM*)lParam, TRUE);
  case EM_STREAMOUT:
   return ME_StreamOut(editor, wParam, (EDITSTREAM *)lParam);
  case WM_GETDLGCODE:
  {
    UINT code = DLGC_WANTCHARS|DLGC_WANTTAB|DLGC_WANTARROWS;
 
    if (lParam)
      editor->bDialogMode = TRUE;
    if (editor->styleFlags & ES_MULTILINE)
      code |= DLGC_WANTMESSAGE;
    if (!(editor->styleFlags & ES_SAVESEL))
      code |= DLGC_HASSETSEL;
    return code;
  }
  case EM_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER:
    ME_EmptyUndoStack(editor);
    return 0;
  case EM_GETSEL:
  {
    /* Note: wParam/lParam can be NULL */
    UINT from, to;
    PUINT pfrom = wParam ? (PUINT)wParam : &from;
    PUINT pto = lParam ? (PUINT)lParam : &to;
    ME_GetSelectionOfs(editor, (int *)pfrom, (int *)pto);
    if ((*pfrom|*pto) & 0xFFFF0000)
      return -1;
    return MAKELONG(*pfrom,*pto);
  }
  case EM_EXGETSEL:
  {
    CHARRANGE *pRange = (CHARRANGE *)lParam;
    ME_GetSelectionOfs(editor, &pRange->cpMin, &pRange->cpMax);
    TRACE("EM_EXGETSEL = (%d,%d)\n", pRange->cpMin, pRange->cpMax);
    return 0;
  }
  case EM_SETUNDOLIMIT:
  {
    if ((int)wParam < 0)
      editor->nUndoLimit = STACK_SIZE_DEFAULT;
    else
      editor->nUndoLimit = min(wParam, STACK_SIZE_MAX);
    /* Setting a max stack size keeps wine from getting killed 
      for hogging memory. Windows allocates all this memory at once, so
      no program would realistically set a value above our maximum. */
    return editor->nUndoLimit;
  }
  case EM_CANUNDO:
    return !list_empty( &editor->undo_stack );
  case EM_CANREDO:
    return !list_empty( &editor->redo_stack );
  case WM_UNDO: /* FIXME: actually not the same */
  case EM_UNDO:
    return ME_Undo(editor);
  case EM_REDO:
    return ME_Redo(editor);
  case EM_GETOPTIONS:
  {
    /* these flags are equivalent to the ES_* counterparts */
    DWORD mask = ECO_VERTICAL | ECO_AUTOHSCROLL | ECO_AUTOVSCROLL |
                 ECO_NOHIDESEL | ECO_READONLY | ECO_WANTRETURN | ECO_SELECTIONBAR;
    DWORD settings = editor->styleFlags & mask;
 
    return settings;
  }
  case EM_SETFONTSIZE:
  {
      CHARFORMAT2W cf;
      LONG tmp_size, size;
      BOOL is_increase = ((LONG)wParam > 0);
 
      if (editor->mode & TM_PLAINTEXT)
          return FALSE;
 
      cf.cbSize = sizeof(cf);
      cf.dwMask = CFM_SIZE;
      ME_GetSelectionCharFormat(editor, &cf);
      tmp_size = (cf.yHeight / 20) + wParam;
 
      if (tmp_size <= 1)
          size = 1;
      else if (tmp_size > 12 && tmp_size < 28 && tmp_size % 2)
          size = tmp_size + (is_increase ? 1 : -1);
      else if (tmp_size > 28 && tmp_size < 36)
          size = is_increase ? 36 : 28;
      else if (tmp_size > 36 && tmp_size < 48)
          size = is_increase ? 48 : 36;
      else if (tmp_size > 48 && tmp_size < 72)
          size = is_increase ? 72 : 48;
      else if (tmp_size > 72 && tmp_size < 80)
          size = is_increase ? 80 : 72;
      else if (tmp_size > 80 && tmp_size < 1638)
          size = 10 * (is_increase ? (tmp_size / 10 + 1) : (tmp_size / 10));
      else if (tmp_size >= 1638)
          size = 1638;
      else
          size = tmp_size;
 
      cf.yHeight = size * 20; /*  convert twips to points */
      ME_SetSelectionCharFormat(editor, &cf);
      ME_CommitUndo(editor);
      ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs(editor);
      ME_UpdateScrollBar(editor);
 
      return TRUE;
  }
  case EM_SETOPTIONS:
  {
    /* these flags are equivalent to ES_* counterparts, except for
     * ECO_AUTOWORDSELECTION that doesn't have an ES_* counterpart,
     * but is still stored in editor->styleFlags. */
    const DWORD mask = ECO_VERTICAL | ECO_AUTOHSCROLL | ECO_AUTOVSCROLL |
                       ECO_NOHIDESEL | ECO_READONLY | ECO_WANTRETURN |
                       ECO_SELECTIONBAR | ECO_AUTOWORDSELECTION;
    DWORD settings = mask & editor->styleFlags;
    DWORD oldSettings = settings;
    DWORD changedSettings;
 
    switch(wParam)
    {
      case ECOOP_SET:
        settings = lParam;
        break;
      case ECOOP_OR:
        settings |= lParam;
        break;
      case ECOOP_AND:
        settings &= lParam;
        break;
      case ECOOP_XOR:
        settings ^= lParam;
    }
    changedSettings = oldSettings ^ settings;
 
    if (changedSettings) {
      editor->styleFlags = (editor->styleFlags & ~mask) | (settings & mask);
 
      if (changedSettings & ECO_SELECTIONBAR)
      {
        ITextHost_TxInvalidateRect(editor->texthost, &editor->rcFormat, TRUE);
        if (settings & ECO_SELECTIONBAR) {
          assert(!editor->selofs);
          editor->selofs = SELECTIONBAR_WIDTH;
          editor->rcFormat.left += editor->selofs;
        } else {
          editor->rcFormat.left -= editor->selofs;
          editor->selofs = 0;
        }
        ME_RewrapRepaint(editor);
      }
 
      if ((changedSettings & settings & ES_NOHIDESEL) && !editor->bHaveFocus)
          ME_InvalidateSelection( editor );
 
      if (changedSettings & settings & ECO_VERTICAL)
        FIXME("ECO_VERTICAL not implemented yet!\n");
      if (changedSettings & settings & ECO_AUTOHSCROLL)
        FIXME("ECO_AUTOHSCROLL not implemented yet!\n");
      if (changedSettings & settings & ECO_AUTOVSCROLL)
        FIXME("ECO_AUTOVSCROLL not implemented yet!\n");
      if (changedSettings & settings & ECO_WANTRETURN)
        FIXME("ECO_WANTRETURN not implemented yet!\n");
      if (changedSettings & settings & ECO_AUTOWORDSELECTION)
        FIXME("ECO_AUTOWORDSELECTION not implemented yet!\n");
    }
 
    return settings;
  }
  case EM_SETSEL:
  {
    return set_selection( editor, wParam, lParam );
  }
  case EM_SETSCROLLPOS:
  {
    POINT *point = (POINT *)lParam;
    ME_ScrollAbs(editor, point->x, point->y);
    return 0;
  }
  case EM_AUTOURLDETECT:
  {
    if (wParam==1 || wParam ==0)
    {
        editor->AutoURLDetect_bEnable = (BOOL)wParam;
        return 0;
    }
    return E_INVALIDARG;
  }
  case EM_GETAUTOURLDETECT:
  {
    return editor->AutoURLDetect_bEnable;
  }
  case EM_EXSETSEL:
  {
    CHARRANGE range = *(CHARRANGE *)lParam;
 
    return set_selection( editor, range.cpMin, range.cpMax );
  }
  case EM_SHOWSCROLLBAR:
  {
    DWORD flags;
 
    switch (wParam)
    {
      case SB_HORZ:
        flags = WS_HSCROLL;
        break;
      case SB_VERT:
        flags = WS_VSCROLL;
        break;
      case SB_BOTH:
        flags = WS_HSCROLL|WS_VSCROLL;
        break;
      default:
        return 0;
    }
 
    if (lParam) {
      editor->styleFlags |= flags;
      if (flags & WS_HSCROLL)
        ITextHost_TxShowScrollBar(editor->texthost, SB_HORZ,
                          editor->nTotalWidth > editor->sizeWindow.cx);
      if (flags & WS_VSCROLL)
        ITextHost_TxShowScrollBar(editor->texthost, SB_VERT,
                          editor->nTotalLength > editor->sizeWindow.cy);
    } else {
      editor->styleFlags &= ~flags;
      ITextHost_TxShowScrollBar(editor->texthost, wParam, FALSE);
    }
    return 0;
  }
  case EM_SETTEXTEX:
  {
    LPWSTR wszText;
    SETTEXTEX *pStruct = (SETTEXTEX *)wParam;
    int from, to, len;
    ME_Style *style;
    BOOL bRtf, bUnicode, bSelection, bUTF8;
    int oldModify = editor->nModifyStep;
    static const char utf8_bom[] = {0xef, 0xbb, 0xbf};
 
    if (!pStruct) return 0;
 
    /* If we detect ascii rtf at the start of the string,
     * we know it isn't unicode. */
    bRtf = (lParam && (!strncmp((char *)lParam, "{\\rtf", 5) ||
                         !strncmp((char *)lParam, "{\\urtf", 6)));
    bUnicode = !bRtf && pStruct->codepage == CP_UNICODE;
    bUTF8 = (lParam && (!strncmp((char *)lParam, utf8_bom, 3)));
 
    TRACE("EM_SETTEXTEX - %s, flags %d, cp %d\n",
          bUnicode ? debugstr_w((LPCWSTR)lParam) : debugstr_a((LPCSTR)lParam),
          pStruct->flags, pStruct->codepage);
 
    bSelection = (pStruct->flags & ST_SELECTION) != 0;
    if (bSelection) {
      int nStartCursor = ME_GetSelectionOfs(editor, &from, &to);
      style = ME_GetSelectionInsertStyle(editor);
      ME_InternalDeleteText(editor, &editor->pCursors[nStartCursor], to - from, FALSE);
    } else {
      ME_Cursor start;
      ME_SetCursorToStart(editor, &start);
      ME_InternalDeleteText(editor, &start, ME_GetTextLength(editor), FALSE);
      style = editor->pBuffer->pDefaultStyle;
    }
 
    if (bRtf) {
      ME_StreamInRTFString(editor, bSelection, (char *)lParam);
      if (bSelection) {
        /* FIXME: The length returned doesn't include the rtf control
         * characters, only the actual text. */
        len = lParam ? strlen((char *)lParam) : 0;
      }
    } else {
      if (bUTF8 && !bUnicode) {
        wszText = ME_ToUnicode(CP_UTF8, (void *)(lParam+3), &len);
        ME_InsertTextFromCursor(editor, 0, wszText, len, style);
        ME_EndToUnicode(CP_UTF8, wszText);
      } else {
        wszText = ME_ToUnicode(pStruct->codepage, (void *)lParam, &len);
        ME_InsertTextFromCursor(editor, 0, wszText, len, style);
        ME_EndToUnicode(pStruct->codepage, wszText);
      }
    }
 
    if (bSelection) {
      ME_ReleaseStyle(style);
      ME_UpdateSelectionLinkAttribute(editor);
    } else {
      ME_Cursor cursor;
      len = 1;
      ME_SetCursorToStart(editor, &cursor);
      ME_UpdateLinkAttribute(editor, &cursor, INT_MAX);
    }
    ME_CommitUndo(editor);
    if (!(pStruct->flags & ST_KEEPUNDO))
    {
      editor->nModifyStep = oldModify;
      ME_EmptyUndoStack(editor);
    }
    ME_UpdateRepaint(editor, FALSE);
    return len;
  }
  case EM_SELECTIONTYPE:
    return ME_GetSelectionType(editor);
  case EM_SETBKGNDCOLOR:
  {
    LRESULT lColor;
    if (editor->rgbBackColor != -1) {
      DeleteObject(editor->hbrBackground);
      lColor = editor->rgbBackColor;
    }
    else lColor = ITextHost_TxGetSysColor(editor->texthost, COLOR_WINDOW);
 
    if (wParam)
    {
      editor->rgbBackColor = -1;
      editor->hbrBackground = GetSysColorBrush(COLOR_WINDOW);
    }
    else
    {
      editor->rgbBackColor = lParam;
      editor->hbrBackground = CreateSolidBrush(editor->rgbBackColor);
    }
    ITextHost_TxInvalidateRect(editor->texthost, NULL, TRUE);
    return lColor;
  }
  case EM_GETMODIFY:
    return editor->nModifyStep == 0 ? 0 : -1;
  case EM_SETMODIFY:
  {
    if (wParam)
      editor->nModifyStep = 1;
    else
      editor->nModifyStep = 0;
    
    return 0;
  }
  case EM_SETREADONLY:
  {
    if (wParam)
      editor->styleFlags |= ES_READONLY;
    else
      editor->styleFlags &= ~ES_READONLY;
    return 1;
  }
  case EM_SETEVENTMASK:
  {
    DWORD nOldMask = editor->nEventMask;
    
    editor->nEventMask = lParam;
    return nOldMask;
  }
  case EM_GETEVENTMASK:
    return editor->nEventMask;
  case EM_SETCHARFORMAT:
    return handle_EM_SETCHARFORMAT( editor, wParam, (CHARFORMAT2W *)lParam );
  case EM_GETCHARFORMAT:
  {
    CHARFORMAT2W tmp, *dst = (CHARFORMAT2W *)lParam;
    if (dst->cbSize != sizeof(CHARFORMATA) &&
        dst->cbSize != sizeof(CHARFORMATW) &&
        dst->cbSize != sizeof(CHARFORMAT2A) &&
        dst->cbSize != sizeof(CHARFORMAT2W))
      return 0;
    tmp.cbSize = sizeof(tmp);
    if (!wParam)
      ME_GetDefaultCharFormat(editor, &tmp);
    else
      ME_GetSelectionCharFormat(editor, &tmp);
    cf2w_to_cfany(dst, &tmp);
    return tmp.dwMask;
  }
  case EM_SETPARAFORMAT:
  {
    BOOL result = ME_SetSelectionParaFormat(editor, (PARAFORMAT2 *)lParam);
    ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs(editor);
    ME_UpdateScrollBar(editor);
    ME_CommitUndo(editor);
    return result;
  }
  case EM_GETPARAFORMAT:
    ME_GetSelectionParaFormat(editor, (PARAFORMAT2 *)lParam);
    return ((PARAFORMAT2 *)lParam)->dwMask;
  case EM_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE:
  {
    ME_DisplayItem *p = editor->pBuffer->pFirst;
    int y = editor->vert_si.nPos;
    int ypara = 0;
    int count = 0;
    int ystart, yend;
    while(p) {
      p = ME_FindItemFwd(p, diStartRowOrParagraphOrEnd);
      if (p->type == diTextEnd)
        break;
      if (p->type == diParagraph) {
        ypara = p->member.para.pt.y;
        continue;
      }
      ystart = ypara + p->member.row.pt.y;
      yend = ystart + p->member.row.nHeight;
      if (y < yend) {
        break;
      }
      count++;
    }
    return count;
  }
  case EM_HIDESELECTION:
  {
     editor->bHideSelection = (wParam != 0);
     ME_InvalidateSelection(editor);
     return 0;
  }
  case EM_LINESCROLL:
  {
    if (!(editor->styleFlags & ES_MULTILINE))
      return FALSE;
    ME_ScrollDown( editor, lParam * get_default_line_height( editor ) );
    return TRUE;
  }
  case WM_CLEAR:
  {
    int from, to;
    int nStartCursor = ME_GetSelectionOfs(editor, &from, &to);
    ME_InternalDeleteText(editor, &editor->pCursors[nStartCursor], to-from, FALSE);
    ME_CommitUndo(editor);
    ME_UpdateRepaint(editor, TRUE);
    return 0;
  }
  case EM_REPLACESEL:
  {
    int len = 0;
    LONG codepage = unicode ? CP_UNICODE : CP_ACP;
    LPWSTR wszText = ME_ToUnicode(codepage, (void *)lParam, &len);
 
    TRACE("EM_REPLACESEL - %s\n", debugstr_w(wszText));
 
    ME_ReplaceSel(editor, !!wParam, wszText, len);
    ME_EndToUnicode(codepage, wszText);
    return len;
  }
  case EM_SCROLLCARET:
    ME_EnsureVisible(editor, &editor->pCursors[0]);
    return 0;
  case WM_SETFONT:
  {
    LOGFONTW lf;
    CHARFORMAT2W fmt;
    HDC hDC;
    BOOL bRepaint = LOWORD(lParam);
 
    if (!wParam)
      wParam = (WPARAM)GetStockObject(SYSTEM_FONT);
 
    if (!GetObjectW((HGDIOBJ)wParam, sizeof(LOGFONTW), &lf))
      return 0;
 
    hDC = ITextHost_TxGetDC(editor->texthost);
    ME_CharFormatFromLogFont(hDC, &lf, &fmt);
    ITextHost_TxReleaseDC(editor->texthost, hDC);
    if (editor->mode & TM_RICHTEXT) {
      ME_Cursor start;
      ME_SetCursorToStart(editor, &start);
      ME_SetCharFormat(editor, &start, NULL, &fmt);
    }
    ME_SetDefaultCharFormat(editor, &fmt);
 
    ME_CommitUndo(editor);
    ME_MarkAllForWrapping(editor);
    ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs(editor);
    ME_UpdateScrollBar(editor);
    if (bRepaint)
      ME_Repaint(editor);
#ifdef __REACTOS__
    if (ImmIsIME(GetKeyboardLayout(0)))
    {
      HIMC hIMC = ImmGetContext(editor->hWnd);
      ImmSetCompositionFontW(hIMC, &lf);
      ImmReleaseContext(editor->hWnd, hIMC);
    }
#endif
    return 0;
  }
  case WM_SETTEXT:
  {
    ME_Cursor cursor;
    ME_SetCursorToStart(editor, &cursor);
    ME_InternalDeleteText(editor, &cursor, ME_GetTextLength(editor), FALSE);
    if (lParam)
    {
      TRACE("WM_SETTEXT lParam==%lx\n",lParam);
      if (!strncmp((char *)lParam, "{\\rtf", 5) ||
          !strncmp((char *)lParam, "{\\urtf", 6))
      {
        /* Undocumented: WM_SETTEXT supports RTF text */
        ME_StreamInRTFString(editor, 0, (char *)lParam);
      }
      else
        ME_SetText(editor, (void*)lParam, unicode);
    }
    else
      TRACE("WM_SETTEXT - NULL\n");
    ME_SetCursorToStart(editor, &cursor);
    ME_UpdateLinkAttribute(editor, &cursor, INT_MAX);
    set_selection_cursors(editor, 0, 0);
    editor->nModifyStep = 0;
    ME_CommitUndo(editor);
    ME_EmptyUndoStack(editor);
    ME_UpdateRepaint(editor, FALSE);
    return 1;
  }
  case EM_CANPASTE:
    return paste_special( editor, 0, NULL, TRUE );
  case WM_PASTE:
  case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
    wParam = 0;
    lParam = 0;
    /* fall through */
  case EM_PASTESPECIAL:
    paste_special( editor, wParam, (REPASTESPECIAL *)lParam, FALSE );
    return 0;
  case WM_CUT:
  case WM_COPY:
    copy_or_cut(editor, msg == WM_CUT);
    return 0;
  case WM_GETTEXTLENGTH:
  {
    GETTEXTLENGTHEX how;
 
    /* CR/LF conversion required in 2.0 mode, verbatim in 1.0 mode */
    how.flags = GTL_CLOSE | (editor->bEmulateVersion10 ? 0 : GTL_USECRLF) | GTL_NUMCHARS;
    how.codepage = unicode ? CP_UNICODE : CP_ACP;
    return ME_GetTextLengthEx(editor, &how);
  }
  case EM_GETTEXTLENGTHEX:
    return ME_GetTextLengthEx(editor, (GETTEXTLENGTHEX *)wParam);
  case WM_GETTEXT:
  {
    GETTEXTEX ex;
    ex.cb = wParam * (unicode ? sizeof(WCHAR) : sizeof(CHAR));
    ex.flags = GT_USECRLF;
    ex.codepage = unicode ? CP_UNICODE : CP_ACP;
    ex.lpDefaultChar = NULL;
    ex.lpUsedDefChar = NULL;
    return ME_GetTextEx(editor, &ex, lParam);
  }
  case EM_GETTEXTEX:
    return ME_GetTextEx(editor, (GETTEXTEX*)wParam, lParam);
  case EM_GETSELTEXT:
  {
    int nFrom, nTo, nStartCur = ME_GetSelectionOfs(editor, &nFrom, &nTo);
    ME_Cursor *from = &editor->pCursors[nStartCur];
    return ME_GetTextRange(editor, (WCHAR *)lParam, from,
                           nTo - nFrom, unicode);
  }
  case EM_GETSCROLLPOS:
  {
    POINT *point = (POINT *)lParam;
    point->x = editor->horz_si.nPos;
    point->y = editor->vert_si.nPos;
    /* 16-bit scaled value is returned as stored in scrollinfo */
    if (editor->horz_si.nMax > 0xffff)
      point->x = MulDiv(point->x, 0xffff, editor->horz_si.nMax);
    if (editor->vert_si.nMax > 0xffff)
      point->y = MulDiv(point->y, 0xffff, editor->vert_si.nMax);
    return 1;
  }
  case EM_GETTEXTRANGE:
  {
    TEXTRANGEW *rng = (TEXTRANGEW *)lParam;
    ME_Cursor start;
    int nStart = rng->chrg.cpMin;
    int nEnd = rng->chrg.cpMax;
    int textlength = ME_GetTextLength(editor);
 
    TRACE("EM_GETTEXTRANGE min=%d max=%d unicode=%d textlength=%d\n",
          rng->chrg.cpMin, rng->chrg.cpMax, unicode, textlength);
    if (nStart < 0) return 0;
    if ((nStart == 0 && nEnd == -1) || nEnd > textlength)
      nEnd = textlength;
    if (nStart >= nEnd) return 0;
 
    ME_CursorFromCharOfs(editor, nStart, &start);
    return ME_GetTextRange(editor, rng->lpstrText, &start, nEnd - nStart, unicode);
  }
  case EM_GETLINE:
  {
    ME_DisplayItem *run;
    const unsigned int nMaxChars = *(WORD *) lParam;
    unsigned int nCharsLeft = nMaxChars;
    char *dest = (char *) lParam;
    BOOL wroteNull = FALSE;
 
    TRACE("EM_GETLINE: row=%d, nMaxChars=%d (%s)\n", (int) wParam, nMaxChars,
          unicode ? "Unicode" : "Ansi");
 
    run = ME_FindRowWithNumber(editor, wParam);
    if (run == NULL)
      return 0;
 
    while (nCharsLeft && (run = ME_FindItemFwd(run, diRunOrStartRow))
           && run->type == diRun)
    {
      WCHAR *str = get_text( &run->member.run, 0 );
      unsigned int nCopy;
 
      nCopy = min(nCharsLeft, run->member.run.len);
 
      if (unicode)
        memcpy(dest, str, nCopy * sizeof(WCHAR));
      else
        nCopy = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, str, nCopy, dest,
                                    nCharsLeft, NULL, NULL);
      dest += nCopy * (unicode ? sizeof(WCHAR) : 1);
      nCharsLeft -= nCopy;
    }
 
    /* append line termination, space allowing */
    if (nCharsLeft > 0)
    {
      if (unicode)
        *((WCHAR *)dest) = '\0';
      else
        *dest = '\0';
      nCharsLeft--;
      wroteNull = TRUE;
    }
 
    TRACE("EM_GETLINE: got %u characters\n", nMaxChars - nCharsLeft);
    return nMaxChars - nCharsLeft - (wroteNull ? 1 : 0);
  }
  case EM_GETLINECOUNT:
  {
    ME_DisplayItem *item = editor->pBuffer->pLast;
    int nRows = editor->total_rows;
    ME_DisplayItem *prev_para = NULL, *last_para = NULL;
 
    last_para = ME_FindItemBack(item, diRun);
    prev_para = ME_FindItemBack(last_para, diRun);
    assert(last_para);
    assert(last_para->member.run.nFlags & MERF_ENDPARA);
    if (editor->bEmulateVersion10 && prev_para &&
        last_para->member.run.nCharOfs == 0 &&
        prev_para->member.run.len == 1 &&
        *get_text( &prev_para->member.run, 0 ) == '\r')
    {
      /* In 1.0 emulation, the last solitary \r at the very end of the text
         (if one exists) is NOT a line break.
         FIXME: this is an ugly hack. This should have a more regular model. */
      nRows--;
    }
 
    TRACE("EM_GETLINECOUNT: nRows==%d\n", nRows);
    return max(1, nRows);
  }
  case EM_LINEFROMCHAR:
  {
    if (wParam == -1)
      return ME_RowNumberFromCharOfs(editor, ME_GetCursorOfs(&editor->pCursors[1]));
    else
      return ME_RowNumberFromCharOfs(editor, wParam);
  }
  case EM_EXLINEFROMCHAR:
  {
    if (lParam == -1)
      return ME_RowNumberFromCharOfs(editor, ME_GetCursorOfs(&editor->pCursors[1]));
    else    
      return ME_RowNumberFromCharOfs(editor, lParam);
  }
  case EM_LINEINDEX:
  {
    ME_DisplayItem *item, *para;
    int nCharOfs;
    
    if (wParam == -1)
      item = ME_FindItemBack(editor->pCursors[0].pRun, diStartRow);
    else
      item = ME_FindRowWithNumber(editor, wParam);
    if (!item)
      return -1;
    para = ME_GetParagraph(item);
    item = ME_FindItemFwd(item, diRun);
    nCharOfs = para->member.para.nCharOfs + item->member.run.nCharOfs;
    TRACE("EM_LINEINDEX: nCharOfs==%d\n", nCharOfs);
    return nCharOfs;
  }
  case EM_LINELENGTH:
  {
    ME_DisplayItem *item, *item_end;
    int nChars = 0, nThisLineOfs = 0, nNextLineOfs = 0;
    ME_DisplayItem *para, *run;
 
    if (wParam > ME_GetTextLength(editor))
      return 0;
    if (wParam == -1)
    {
      FIXME("EM_LINELENGTH: returning number of unselected characters on lines with selection unsupported.\n");
      return 0;
    }
    ME_RunOfsFromCharOfs(editor, wParam, &para, &run, NULL);
    item = ME_RowStart(run);
    nThisLineOfs = ME_CharOfsFromRunOfs(editor, para, ME_FindItemFwd(item, diRun), 0);
    item_end = ME_FindItemFwd(item, diStartRowOrParagraphOrEnd);
    if (item_end->type == diStartRow) {
      nNextLineOfs = ME_CharOfsFromRunOfs(editor, para, ME_FindItemFwd(item_end, diRun), 0);
    } else {
      ME_DisplayItem *endRun = ME_FindItemBack(item_end, diRun);
      assert(endRun && endRun->member.run.nFlags & MERF_ENDPARA);
      nNextLineOfs = item_end->member.para.nCharOfs - endRun->member.run.len;
    }
    nChars = nNextLineOfs - nThisLineOfs;
    TRACE("EM_LINELENGTH(%ld)==%d\n",wParam, nChars);
    return nChars;
  }
  case EM_EXLIMITTEXT:
  {
    if ((int)lParam < 0)
     return 0;
    if (lParam == 0)
      editor->nTextLimit = 65536;
    else
      editor->nTextLimit = (int) lParam;
    return 0;
  }
  case EM_LIMITTEXT:
  {
    if (wParam == 0)
      editor->nTextLimit = 65536;
    else
      editor->nTextLimit = (int) wParam;
    return 0;
  }
  case EM_GETLIMITTEXT:
  {
    return editor->nTextLimit;
  }
  case EM_FINDTEXT:
  {
    LRESULT r;
    if(!unicode){
      FINDTEXTA *ft = (FINDTEXTA *)lParam;
      int nChars = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, ft->lpstrText, -1, NULL, 0);
      WCHAR *tmp;
 
      if ((tmp = heap_alloc(nChars * sizeof(*tmp))) != NULL)
        MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, ft->lpstrText, -1, tmp, nChars);
      r = ME_FindText(editor, wParam, &ft->chrg, tmp, NULL);
      heap_free(tmp);
    }else{
      FINDTEXTW *ft = (FINDTEXTW *)lParam;
      r = ME_FindText(editor, wParam, &ft->chrg, ft->lpstrText, NULL);
    }
    return r;
  }
  case EM_FINDTEXTEX:
  {
    LRESULT r;
    if(!unicode){
      FINDTEXTEXA *ex = (FINDTEXTEXA *)lParam;
      int nChars = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, ex->lpstrText, -1, NULL, 0);
      WCHAR *tmp;
 
      if ((tmp = heap_alloc(nChars * sizeof(*tmp))) != NULL)
        MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, ex->lpstrText, -1, tmp, nChars);
      r = ME_FindText(editor, wParam, &ex->chrg, tmp, &ex->chrgText);
      heap_free(tmp);
    }else{
      FINDTEXTEXW *ex = (FINDTEXTEXW *)lParam;
      r = ME_FindText(editor, wParam, &ex->chrg, ex->lpstrText, &ex->chrgText);
    }
    return r;
  }
  case EM_FINDTEXTW:
  {
    FINDTEXTW *ft = (FINDTEXTW *)lParam;
    return ME_FindText(editor, wParam, &ft->chrg, ft->lpstrText, NULL);
  }
  case EM_FINDTEXTEXW:
  {
    FINDTEXTEXW *ex = (FINDTEXTEXW *)lParam;
    return ME_FindText(editor, wParam, &ex->chrg, ex->lpstrText, &ex->chrgText);
  }
  case EM_GETZOOM:
    if (!wParam || !lParam)
      return FALSE;
    *(int *)wParam = editor->nZoomNumerator;
    *(int *)lParam = editor->nZoomDenominator;
    return TRUE;
  case EM_SETZOOM:
    return ME_SetZoom(editor, wParam, lParam);
  case EM_CHARFROMPOS:
  {
    ME_Cursor cursor;
    if (ME_CharFromPos(editor, ((POINTL *)lParam)->x, ((POINTL *)lParam)->y,
                       &cursor, NULL))
      return ME_GetCursorOfs(&cursor);
    else
      return -1;
  }
  case EM_POSFROMCHAR:
  {
    ME_DisplayItem *pPara, *pRun;
    int nCharOfs, nOffset, nLength;
    POINTL pt = {0,0};
 
    nCharOfs = wParam;
    /* detect which API version we're dealing with */
    if (wParam >= 0x40000)
        nCharOfs = lParam;
    nLength = ME_GetTextLength(editor);
    nCharOfs = min(nCharOfs, nLength);
    nCharOfs = max(nCharOfs, 0);
 
    ME_RunOfsFromCharOfs(editor, nCharOfs, &pPara, &pRun, &nOffset);
    assert(pRun->type == diRun);
    pt.y = pRun->member.run.pt.y;
    pt.x = pRun->member.run.pt.x + ME_PointFromChar(editor, &pRun->member.run, nOffset, TRUE);
    pt.y += pPara->member.para.pt.y + editor->rcFormat.top;
    pt.x += editor->rcFormat.left;
 
    pt.x -= editor->horz_si.nPos;
    pt.y -= editor->vert_si.nPos;
 
    if (wParam >= 0x40000) {
        *(POINTL *)wParam = pt;
    }
    return (wParam >= 0x40000) ? 0 : MAKELONG( pt.x, pt.y );
  }
  case WM_CREATE:
    return ME_WmCreate(editor, lParam, unicode);
  case WM_DESTROY:
    ME_DestroyEditor(editor);
    return 0;
  case WM_SETCURSOR:
  {
    POINT cursor_pos;
    if (wParam == (WPARAM)editor->hWnd && GetCursorPos(&cursor_pos) &&
        ScreenToClient(editor->hWnd, &cursor_pos))
      ME_LinkNotify(editor, msg, 0, MAKELPARAM(cursor_pos.x, cursor_pos.y));
    return ME_SetCursor(editor);
  }
  case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
  case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
  {
    ME_CommitUndo(editor); /* End coalesced undos for typed characters */
    if ((editor->nEventMask & ENM_MOUSEEVENTS) &&
        !ME_FilterEvent(editor, msg, &wParam, &lParam))
      return 0;
    ITextHost_TxSetFocus(editor->texthost);
    ME_LButtonDown(editor, (short)LOWORD(lParam), (short)HIWORD(lParam),
                   ME_CalculateClickCount(editor, msg, wParam, lParam));
    ITextHost_TxSetCapture(editor->texthost, TRUE);
    editor->bMouseCaptured = TRUE;
    ME_LinkNotify(editor, msg, wParam, lParam);
    if (!ME_SetCursor(editor)) goto do_default;
    break;
  }
  case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
    if ((editor->nEventMask & ENM_MOUSEEVENTS) &&
        !ME_FilterEvent(editor, msg, &wParam, &lParam))
      return 0;
    if (editor->bMouseCaptured)
      ME_MouseMove(editor, (short)LOWORD(lParam), (short)HIWORD(lParam));
    else
      ME_LinkNotify(editor, msg, wParam, lParam);
    /* Set cursor if mouse is captured, since WM_SETCURSOR won't be received. */
    if (editor->bMouseCaptured)
        ME_SetCursor(editor);
    break;
  case WM_LBUTTONUP:
    if (editor->bMouseCaptured) {
      ITextHost_TxSetCapture(editor->texthost, FALSE);
      editor->bMouseCaptured = FALSE;
    }
    if (editor->nSelectionType == stDocument)
      editor->nSelectionType = stPosition;
    if ((editor->nEventMask & ENM_MOUSEEVENTS) &&
        !ME_FilterEvent(editor, msg, &wParam, &lParam))
      return 0;
    else
    {
      ME_SetCursor(editor);
      ME_LinkNotify(editor, msg, wParam, lParam);
    }
    break;
  case WM_RBUTTONUP:
  case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
  case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:
    ME_CommitUndo(editor); /* End coalesced undos for typed characters */
    if ((editor->nEventMask & ENM_MOUSEEVENTS) &&
        !ME_FilterEvent(editor, msg, &wParam, &lParam))
      return 0;
    ME_LinkNotify(editor, msg, wParam, lParam);
    goto do_default;
  case WM_CONTEXTMENU:
    if (!ME_ShowContextMenu(editor, (short)LOWORD(lParam), (short)HIWORD(lParam)))
      goto do_default;
    break;
  case WM_SETFOCUS:
    editor->bHaveFocus = TRUE;
    create_caret(editor);
    update_caret(editor);
    ME_SendOldNotify(editor, EN_SETFOCUS);
    if (!editor->bHideSelection && !(editor->styleFlags & ES_NOHIDESEL))
        ME_InvalidateSelection( editor );
    return 0;
  case WM_KILLFOCUS:
    ME_CommitUndo(editor); /* End coalesced undos for typed characters */
    editor->bHaveFocus = FALSE;
    editor->wheel_remain = 0;
    hide_caret(editor);
    DestroyCaret();
    ME_SendOldNotify(editor, EN_KILLFOCUS);
    if (!editor->bHideSelection && !(editor->styleFlags & ES_NOHIDESEL))
        ME_InvalidateSelection( editor );
    return 0;
  case WM_COMMAND:
    TRACE("editor wnd command = %d\n", LOWORD(wParam));
    return 0;
  case WM_KEYUP:
    if ((editor->nEventMask & ENM_KEYEVENTS) &&
        !ME_FilterEvent(editor, msg, &wParam, &lParam))
      return 0;
    goto do_default;
  case WM_KEYDOWN:
    if ((editor->nEventMask & ENM_KEYEVENTS) &&
        !ME_FilterEvent(editor, msg, &wParam, &lParam))
      return 0;
    if (ME_KeyDown(editor, LOWORD(wParam)))
      return 0;
    goto do_default;
  case WM_CHAR:
    if ((editor->nEventMask & ENM_KEYEVENTS) &&
        !ME_FilterEvent(editor, msg, &wParam, &lParam))
      return 0;
    return ME_Char(editor, wParam, lParam, unicode);
  case WM_UNICHAR:
    if (unicode)
    {
        if(wParam == UNICODE_NOCHAR) return TRUE;
        if(wParam <= 0x000fffff)
        {
            if(wParam > 0xffff) /* convert to surrogates */
            {
                wParam -= 0x10000;
                ME_Char(editor, (wParam >> 10) + 0xd800, 0, TRUE);
                ME_Char(editor, (wParam & 0x03ff) + 0xdc00, 0, TRUE);
            } else {
              ME_Char(editor, wParam, 0, TRUE);
            }
        }
        return 0;
    }
    break;
  case EM_STOPGROUPTYPING:
    ME_CommitUndo(editor); /* End coalesced undos for typed characters */
    return 0;
  case WM_HSCROLL:
  {
    const int scrollUnit = 7;
 
    switch(LOWORD(wParam))
    {
      case SB_LEFT:
        ME_ScrollAbs(editor, 0, 0);
        break;
      case SB_RIGHT:
        ME_ScrollAbs(editor,
                     editor->horz_si.nMax - (int)editor->horz_si.nPage,
                     editor->vert_si.nMax - (int)editor->vert_si.nPage);
        break;
      case SB_LINELEFT:
        ME_ScrollLeft(editor, scrollUnit);
        break;
      case SB_LINERIGHT:
        ME_ScrollRight(editor, scrollUnit);
        break;
      case SB_PAGELEFT:
        ME_ScrollLeft(editor, editor->sizeWindow.cx);
        break;
      case SB_PAGERIGHT:
        ME_ScrollRight(editor, editor->sizeWindow.cx);
        break;
      case SB_THUMBTRACK:
      case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
      {
        int pos = HIWORD(wParam);
        if (editor->horz_si.nMax > 0xffff)
          pos = MulDiv(pos, editor->horz_si.nMax, 0xffff);
        ME_HScrollAbs(editor, pos);
        break;
      }
    }
    break;
  }
  case EM_SCROLL: /* fall through */
  case WM_VSCROLL:
  {
    int origNPos;
    int lineHeight = get_default_line_height( editor );
 
    origNPos = editor->vert_si.nPos;
 
    switch(LOWORD(wParam))
    {
      case SB_TOP:
        ME_ScrollAbs(editor, 0, 0);
        break;
      case SB_BOTTOM:
        ME_ScrollAbs(editor,
                     editor->horz_si.nMax - (int)editor->horz_si.nPage,
                     editor->vert_si.nMax - (int)editor->vert_si.nPage);
        break;
      case SB_LINEUP:
        ME_ScrollUp(editor,lineHeight);
        break;
      case SB_LINEDOWN:
        ME_ScrollDown(editor,lineHeight);
        break;
      case SB_PAGEUP:
        ME_ScrollUp(editor,editor->sizeWindow.cy);
        break;
      case SB_PAGEDOWN:
        ME_ScrollDown(editor,editor->sizeWindow.cy);
        break;
      case SB_THUMBTRACK:
      case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
      {
        int pos = HIWORD(wParam);
        if (editor->vert_si.nMax > 0xffff)
          pos = MulDiv(pos, editor->vert_si.nMax, 0xffff);
        ME_VScrollAbs(editor, pos);
        break;
      }
    }
    if (msg == EM_SCROLL)
      return 0x00010000 | (((editor->vert_si.nPos - origNPos)/lineHeight) & 0xffff);
    break;
  }
  case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
  {
    int delta;
    BOOL ctrl_is_down;
 
    if ((editor->nEventMask & ENM_MOUSEEVENTS) &&
        !ME_FilterEvent(editor, msg, &wParam, &lParam))
      return 0;
 
    ctrl_is_down = GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x8000;
 
    delta = GET_WHEEL_DELTA_WPARAM(wParam);
 
    /* if scrolling changes direction, ignore left overs */
    if ((delta < 0 && editor->wheel_remain < 0) ||
        (delta > 0 && editor->wheel_remain > 0))
      editor->wheel_remain += delta;
    else
      editor->wheel_remain = delta;
 
    if (editor->wheel_remain)
    {
      if (ctrl_is_down) {
        int numerator;
        if (!editor->nZoomNumerator || !editor->nZoomDenominator)
        {
          numerator = 100;
        } else {
          numerator = editor->nZoomNumerator * 100 / editor->nZoomDenominator;
        }
        numerator += calc_wheel_change( &editor->wheel_remain, 10 );
        if (numerator >= 10 && numerator <= 500)
          ME_SetZoom(editor, numerator, 100);
      } else {
        UINT max_lines = 3;
        int lines = 0;
 
        SystemParametersInfoW( SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES, 0, &max_lines, 0 );
        if (max_lines)
          lines = calc_wheel_change( &editor->wheel_remain, (int)max_lines );
        if (lines)
          ME_ScrollDown( editor, -lines * get_default_line_height( editor ) );
      }
    }
    break;
  }
  case EM_GETRECT:
  {
    *((RECT *)lParam) = editor->rcFormat;
    if (editor->bDefaultFormatRect)
      ((RECT *)lParam)->left -= editor->selofs;
    return 0;
  }
  case EM_SETRECT:
  case EM_SETRECTNP:
  {
    if (lParam)
    {
      int border = 0;
      RECT clientRect;
      RECT *rc = (RECT *)lParam;
 
      border = editor->exStyleFlags & WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE ? 1 : 0;
      ITextHost_TxGetClientRect(editor->texthost, &clientRect);
      if (wParam == 0)
      {
        editor->rcFormat.top = max(0, rc->top - border);
        editor->rcFormat.left = max(0, rc->left - border);
        editor->rcFormat.bottom = min(clientRect.bottom, rc->bottom);
        editor->rcFormat.right = min(clientRect.right, rc->right + border);
      } else if (wParam == 1) {
        /* MSDN incorrectly says a wParam value of 1 causes the
         * lParam rect to be used as a relative offset,
         * however, the tests show it just prevents min/max bound
         * checking. */
        editor->rcFormat.top = rc->top - border;
        editor->rcFormat.left = rc->left - border;
        editor->rcFormat.bottom = rc->bottom;
        editor->rcFormat.right = rc->right + border;
      } else {
        return 0;
      }
      editor->bDefaultFormatRect = FALSE;
    }
    else
    {
      ME_SetDefaultFormatRect(editor);
      editor->bDefaultFormatRect = TRUE;
    }
    ME_MarkAllForWrapping(editor);
    ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs(editor);
    ME_UpdateScrollBar(editor);
    if (msg != EM_SETRECTNP)
      ME_Repaint(editor);
    return 0;
  }
  case EM_REQUESTRESIZE:
    ME_SendRequestResize(editor, TRUE);
    return 0;
  case WM_SETREDRAW:
    goto do_default;
  case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
  {
    RECT clientRect;
    WINDOWPOS *winpos = (WINDOWPOS *)lParam;
 
    if (winpos->flags & SWP_NOCLIENTSIZE) goto do_default;
    ITextHost_TxGetClientRect(editor->texthost, &clientRect);
    if (editor->bDefaultFormatRect) {
      ME_SetDefaultFormatRect(editor);
    } else {
      editor->rcFormat.right += clientRect.right - editor->prevClientRect.right;
      editor->rcFormat.bottom += clientRect.bottom - editor->prevClientRect.bottom;
    }
    editor->prevClientRect = clientRect;
    ME_RewrapRepaint(editor);
    goto do_default;
  }
#ifndef __REACTOS__
  /* IME messages to make richedit controls IME aware */
#endif
  case WM_IME_SETCONTEXT:
#ifdef __REACTOS__
  {
    if (FALSE) /* FIXME: Condition */
      lParam &= ~ISC_SHOWUICOMPOSITIONWINDOW;
 
    if (wParam)
    {
      HIMC hIMC = ImmGetContext(editor->hWnd);
      LPINPUTCONTEXTDX pIC = (LPINPUTCONTEXTDX)ImmLockIMC(hIMC);
      if (pIC)
      {
        pIC->dwUIFlags &= ~0x40000;
        ImmUnlockIMC(hIMC);
      }
      if (FALSE) /* FIXME: Condition */
        ImmNotifyIME(hIMC, NI_COMPOSITIONSTR, CPS_CANCEL, 0);
      ImmReleaseContext(editor->hWnd, hIMC);
    }
 
    return DefWindowProcW(editor->hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
  }
#endif
  case WM_IME_CONTROL:
#ifdef __REACTOS__
    return DefWindowProcW(editor->hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
#endif
  case WM_IME_SELECT:
#ifdef __REACTOS__
    return DefWindowProcW(editor->hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
#endif
  case WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL:
    return 0;
  case WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION:
  {
#ifdef __REACTOS__
    return DefWindowProcW(editor->hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
#else
    editor->imeStartIndex=ME_GetCursorOfs(&editor->pCursors[0]);
    ME_DeleteSelection(editor);
    ME_CommitUndo(editor);
    ME_UpdateRepaint(editor, FALSE);
#endif
    return 0;
  }
  case WM_IME_COMPOSITION:
  {
    HIMC hIMC;
 
    ME_Style *style = ME_GetInsertStyle(editor, 0);
    hIMC = ITextHost_TxImmGetContext(editor->texthost);
    ME_DeleteSelection(editor);
    ME_SaveTempStyle(editor, style);
    if (lParam & (GCS_RESULTSTR|GCS_COMPSTR))
    {
        LPWSTR lpCompStr = NULL;
        DWORD dwBufLen;
        DWORD dwIndex = lParam & GCS_RESULTSTR;
        if (!dwIndex)
          dwIndex = GCS_COMPSTR;
 
        dwBufLen = ImmGetCompositionStringW(hIMC, dwIndex, NULL, 0);
        lpCompStr = HeapAlloc(GetProcessHeap(),0,dwBufLen + sizeof(WCHAR));
        ImmGetCompositionStringW(hIMC, dwIndex, lpCompStr, dwBufLen);
        lpCompStr[dwBufLen/sizeof(WCHAR)] = 0;
#ifndef __REACTOS__
        ME_InsertTextFromCursor(editor,0,lpCompStr,dwBufLen/sizeof(WCHAR),style);
#endif
        HeapFree(GetProcessHeap(), 0, lpCompStr);
 
#ifndef __REACTOS__
        if (dwIndex == GCS_COMPSTR)
          set_selection_cursors(editor,editor->imeStartIndex,
                          editor->imeStartIndex + dwBufLen/sizeof(WCHAR));
#endif
    }
    ME_ReleaseStyle(style);
    ME_CommitUndo(editor);
    ME_UpdateRepaint(editor, FALSE);
#ifdef __REACTOS__
    return DefWindowProcW(editor->hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
#else
    return 0;
#endif
  }
  case WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION:
  {
#ifdef __REACTOS__
    return DefWindowProcW(editor->hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
#else
    ME_DeleteSelection(editor);
    editor->imeStartIndex=-1;
    return 0;
#endif
  }
  case EM_GETOLEINTERFACE:
  {
    if (!editor->reOle)
      if (!CreateIRichEditOle(NULL, editor, (LPVOID *)&editor->reOle))
        return 0;
    if (IUnknown_QueryInterface(editor->reOle, &IID_IRichEditOle, (LPVOID *)lParam) == S_OK)
      return 1;
    return 0;
  }
  case EM_GETPASSWORDCHAR:
  {
    return editor->cPasswordMask;
  }
  case EM_SETOLECALLBACK:
    if(editor->lpOleCallback)
      IRichEditOleCallback_Release(editor->lpOleCallback);
    editor->lpOleCallback = (IRichEditOleCallback*)lParam;
    if(editor->lpOleCallback)
      IRichEditOleCallback_AddRef(editor->lpOleCallback);
    return TRUE;
  case EM_GETWORDBREAKPROC:
    return (LRESULT)editor->pfnWordBreak;
  case EM_SETWORDBREAKPROC:
  {
    EDITWORDBREAKPROCW pfnOld = editor->pfnWordBreak;
 
    editor->pfnWordBreak = (EDITWORDBREAKPROCW)lParam;
    return (LRESULT)pfnOld;
  }
  case EM_GETTEXTMODE:
    return editor->mode;
  case EM_SETTEXTMODE:
  {
    int mask = 0;
    int changes = 0;
 
    if (ME_GetTextLength(editor) ||
        !list_empty( &editor->undo_stack ) || !list_empty( &editor->redo_stack ))
      return E_UNEXPECTED;
 
    /* Check for mutually exclusive flags in adjacent bits of wParam */
    if ((wParam & (TM_RICHTEXT | TM_MULTILEVELUNDO | TM_MULTICODEPAGE)) &
        (wParam & (TM_PLAINTEXT | TM_SINGLELEVELUNDO | TM_SINGLECODEPAGE)) << 1)
      return E_INVALIDARG;
 
    if (wParam & (TM_RICHTEXT | TM_PLAINTEXT))
    {
      mask |= TM_RICHTEXT | TM_PLAINTEXT;
      changes |= wParam & (TM_RICHTEXT | TM_PLAINTEXT);
      if (wParam & TM_PLAINTEXT) {
        /* Clear selection since it should be possible to select the
         * end of text run for rich text */
        ME_InvalidateSelection(editor);
        ME_SetCursorToStart(editor, &editor->pCursors[0]);
        editor->pCursors[1] = editor->pCursors[0];
        /* plain text can only have the default style. */
        ME_ClearTempStyle(editor);
        ME_AddRefStyle(editor->pBuffer->pDefaultStyle);
        ME_ReleaseStyle(editor->pCursors[0].pRun->member.run.style);
        editor->pCursors[0].pRun->member.run.style = editor->pBuffer->pDefaultStyle;
      }
    }
    /* FIXME: Currently no support for undo level and code page options */
    editor->mode = (editor->mode & ~mask) | changes;
    return 0;
  }
  case EM_SETPASSWORDCHAR:
  {
    editor->cPasswordMask = wParam;
    ME_RewrapRepaint(editor);
    return 0;
  }
  case EM_SETTARGETDEVICE:
    if (wParam == 0)
    {
      BOOL new = (lParam == 0 && (editor->styleFlags & ES_MULTILINE));
      if (editor->nAvailWidth || editor->bWordWrap != new)
      {
        editor->bWordWrap = new;
        editor->nAvailWidth = 0; /* wrap to client area */
        ME_RewrapRepaint(editor);
      }
    } else {
      int width = max(0, lParam);
      if ((editor->styleFlags & ES_MULTILINE) &&
          (!editor->bWordWrap || editor->nAvailWidth != width))
      {
        editor->nAvailWidth = width;
        editor->bWordWrap = TRUE;
        ME_RewrapRepaint(editor);
      }
      FIXME("EM_SETTARGETDEVICE doesn't use non-NULL target devices\n");
    }
    return TRUE;
  default:
  do_default:
    *phresult = S_FALSE;
    break;
  }
  return 0L;
}

Referenced by fnTextSrv_TxSendMessage(), and RichEditWndProc_common().

◆ ME_HScrollAbs()

void ME_HScrollAbs	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	x
	)

Definition at line 1106 of file paint.c.

{
  ME_ScrollAbs(editor, x, editor->vert_si.nPos);
}

Referenced by ME_EnsureVisible(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_ScrollLeft(), ME_ScrollRight(), and ME_UpdateScrollBar().

◆ ME_InitCharFormat2W()

void ME_InitCharFormat2W ( CHARFORMAT2W * pFmt )

Definition at line 150 of file style.c.

{
  ZeroMemory(pFmt, sizeof(CHARFORMAT2W));
  pFmt->cbSize = sizeof(CHARFORMAT2W);
}

Referenced by ME_CharFormatFromLogFont(), and ME_JoinParagraphs().

◆ ME_InitContext()

void ME_InitContext	(	ME_Context *	c,
		ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		HDC	hDC
	)

Definition at line 23 of file context.c.

{
  c->hDC = hDC;
  c->editor = editor;
  c->pt.x = 0;
  c->pt.y = 0;
  c->rcView = editor->rcFormat;
  c->current_style = NULL;
  c->orig_font = NULL;
  if (hDC) {
      c->dpi.cx = GetDeviceCaps(hDC, LOGPIXELSX);
      c->dpi.cy = GetDeviceCaps(hDC, LOGPIXELSY);
  } else {
      c->dpi.cx = c->dpi.cy = 96;
  }
  if (editor->nAvailWidth)
      c->nAvailWidth = ME_twips2pointsX(c, editor->nAvailWidth);
  else
      c->nAvailWidth = c->rcView.right - c->rcView.left;
}

Referenced by ME_CharFromPoint(), ME_GetCursorCoordinates(), ME_InvalidateParagraphRange(), ME_MakeFirstParagraph(), ME_PaintContent(), ME_PointFromChar(), ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs(), and stream_out_graphics().

◆ ME_InitTableDef()

void ME_InitTableDef	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		struct RTFTable *	tableDef
	)

Definition at line 646 of file table.c.

{
  ZeroMemory(tableDef->cells, sizeof(tableDef->cells));
  ZeroMemory(tableDef->border, sizeof(tableDef->border));
  tableDef->numCellsDefined = 0;
  tableDef->leftEdge = 0;
  if (!editor->bEmulateVersion10) /* v4.1 */
    tableDef->gapH = 10;
  else /* v1.0 - 3.0 */
    tableDef->gapH = 0;
}

Referenced by ME_RTFTblAttrHook().

◆ ME_InsertBefore()

void ME_InsertBefore	(	ME_DisplayItem *	diWhere,
		ME_DisplayItem *	diWhat
	)

Definition at line 26 of file list.c.

{
  diWhat->next = diWhere;
  diWhat->prev = diWhere->prev;
 
  diWhere->prev->next = diWhat;
  diWhat->next->prev = diWhat;
}

Referenced by ME_InsertRowStart(), ME_InsertRunAtCursor(), ME_MakeFirstParagraph(), ME_SplitParagraph(), and ME_SplitRunSimple().

◆ ME_InsertEndRowFromCursor()

void ME_InsertEndRowFromCursor	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	nCursor
	)

Definition at line 580 of file caret.c.

{
  ME_Style              *pStyle = ME_GetInsertStyle(editor, nCursor);
  WCHAR                 space = ' ';
 
  /* FIXME no no no */
  if (ME_IsSelection(editor))
    ME_DeleteSelection(editor);
 
  ME_InternalInsertTextFromCursor(editor, nCursor, &space, 1, pStyle,
                                  MERF_ENDROW);
  ME_ReleaseStyle(pStyle);
}

Referenced by handle_enter(), and SpecialChar().

◆ ME_InsertOLEFromCursor()

void ME_InsertOLEFromCursor	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		const REOBJECT *	reo,
		int	nCursor
	)

Definition at line 546 of file caret.c.

{
  ME_Style              *pStyle = ME_GetInsertStyle(editor, nCursor);
  ME_DisplayItem        *di;
  WCHAR                 space = ' ';
  ME_DisplayItem        *di_prev = NULL;
  struct re_object      *reobj_prev = NULL;
  
  /* FIXME no no no */
  if (ME_IsSelection(editor))
    ME_DeleteSelection(editor);
 
  di = ME_InternalInsertTextFromCursor(editor, nCursor, &space, 1, pStyle,
                                       MERF_GRAPHICS);
  di->member.run.reobj = create_re_object(reo);
 
  di_prev = di;
  while (ME_PrevRun(NULL, &di_prev, TRUE))
  {
    if (di_prev->member.run.reobj)
    {
      reobj_prev = di_prev->member.run.reobj;
      break;
    }
  }
  if (reobj_prev)
    list_add_after(&reobj_prev->entry, &di->member.run.reobj->entry);
  else
    list_add_head(&editor->reobj_list, &di->member.run.reobj->entry);
 
  ME_ReleaseStyle(pStyle);
}

Referenced by insert_static_object(), and IRichEditOle_fnInsertObject().

◆ ME_InsertRunAtCursor()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_InsertRunAtCursor	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_Cursor *	cursor,
		ME_Style *	style,
		const WCHAR *	str,
		int	len,
		int	flags
	)

Definition at line 325 of file run.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *pDI, *insert_before = cursor->pRun, *prev;
 
  if (cursor->nOffset)
  {
    if (cursor->nOffset == cursor->pRun->member.run.len)
    {
      insert_before = ME_FindItemFwd( cursor->pRun, diRun );
      if (!insert_before) insert_before = cursor->pRun; /* Always insert before the final eop run */
    }
    else
    {
      ME_SplitRunSimple( editor, cursor );
      insert_before = cursor->pRun;
    }
  }
 
  add_undo_delete_run( editor, insert_before->member.run.para->nCharOfs +
                       insert_before->member.run.nCharOfs, len );
 
  pDI = ME_MakeRun(style, flags);
  pDI->member.run.nCharOfs = insert_before->member.run.nCharOfs;
  pDI->member.run.len = len;
  pDI->member.run.para = insert_before->member.run.para;
  ME_InsertString( pDI->member.run.para->text, pDI->member.run.nCharOfs, str, len );
  ME_InsertBefore( insert_before, pDI );
  TRACE("Shift length:%d\n", len);
  ME_PropagateCharOffset( insert_before, len );
  mark_para_rewrap(editor, get_di_from_para(insert_before->member.run.para));
 
  /* Move any cursors that were at the end of the previous run to the end of the inserted run */
  prev = ME_FindItemBack( pDI, diRun );
  if (prev)
  {
    int i;
 
    for (i = 0; i < editor->nCursors; i++)
    {
      if (editor->pCursors[i].pRun == prev &&
          editor->pCursors[i].nOffset == prev->member.run.len)
      {
        editor->pCursors[i].pRun = pDI;
        editor->pCursors[i].nOffset = len;
      }
    }
  }
 
  return pDI;
}

Referenced by ME_InternalInsertTextFromCursor(), and ME_PlayUndoItem().

◆ ME_InsertString()

BOOL ME_InsertString	(	ME_String *	s,
		int	ofs,
		const WCHAR *	insert,
		int	len
	)

Definition at line 103 of file string.c.

{
    DWORD new_len = s->nLen + len + 1;
    WCHAR *new;
 
    assert( s->nBuffer ); /* Not a const string */
    assert( ofs <= s->nLen );
 
    if( new_len > s->nBuffer )
    {
        s->nBuffer = ME_GetOptimalBuffer( new_len );
        new = heap_realloc( s->szData, s->nBuffer * sizeof(WCHAR) );
        if (!new) return FALSE;
        s->szData = new;
    }
 
    memmove( s->szData + ofs + len, s->szData + ofs, (s->nLen - ofs + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR) );
    memcpy( s->szData + ofs, insert, len * sizeof(WCHAR) );
    s->nLen += len;
 
    return TRUE;
}

Referenced by ME_AppendString(), and ME_InsertRunAtCursor().

◆ ME_InsertTableCellFromCursor()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_InsertTableCellFromCursor ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 121 of file table.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *para;
  WCHAR tab = '\t';
  para = ME_InsertEndParaFromCursor(editor, 0, &tab, 1, MEPF_CELL);
  return para;
}

Referenced by ME_AppendTableRow(), and ME_RTFSpecialCharHook().

◆ ME_InsertTableRowEndFromCursor()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_InsertTableRowEndFromCursor ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 129 of file table.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *para;
  para = ME_InsertEndParaFromCursor(editor, 0, cr_lf, 2, MEPF_ROWEND);
  return para->member.para.prev_para;
}

Referenced by ME_AppendTableRow(), and ME_RTFSpecialCharHook().

◆ ME_InsertTableRowStartAtParagraph()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_InsertTableRowStartAtParagraph	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_DisplayItem *	para
	)

Definition at line 86 of file table.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *prev_para, *end_para;
  ME_Cursor savedCursor = editor->pCursors[0];
  ME_DisplayItem *startRowPara;
  editor->pCursors[0].pPara = para;
  editor->pCursors[0].pRun = ME_FindItemFwd(para, diRun);
  editor->pCursors[0].nOffset = 0;
  editor->pCursors[1] = editor->pCursors[0];
  startRowPara = ME_InsertTableRowStartFromCursor(editor);
  savedCursor.pPara = ME_GetParagraph(savedCursor.pRun);
  editor->pCursors[0] = savedCursor;
  editor->pCursors[1] = editor->pCursors[0];
 
  end_para = editor->pCursors[0].pPara->member.para.next_para;
  prev_para = startRowPara->member.para.next_para;
  para = prev_para->member.para.next_para;
  while (para != end_para)
  {
    para->member.para.pCell = prev_para->member.para.pCell;
    para->member.para.nFlags |= MEPF_CELL;
    para->member.para.nFlags &= ~(MEPF_ROWSTART|MEPF_ROWEND);
    para->member.para.fmt.dwMask |= PFM_TABLE|PFM_TABLEROWDELIMITER;
    para->member.para.fmt.wEffects |= PFE_TABLE;
    para->member.para.fmt.wEffects &= ~PFE_TABLEROWDELIMITER;
    prev_para = para;
    para = para->member.para.next_para;
  }
  return startRowPara;
}

Referenced by ME_RTFParAttrHook(), and ME_RTFSpecialCharHook().

◆ ME_InsertTableRowStartFromCursor()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_InsertTableRowStartFromCursor ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 79 of file table.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *para;
  para = ME_InsertEndParaFromCursor(editor, 0, cr_lf, 2, MEPF_ROWSTART);
  return para->member.para.prev_para;
}

Referenced by ME_AppendTableRow(), ME_InsertTableRowStartAtParagraph(), and ME_RTFParAttrHook().

◆ ME_InsertTextFromCursor()

void ME_InsertTextFromCursor	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	nCursor,
		const WCHAR *	str,
		int	len,
		ME_Style *	style
	)

Definition at line 595 of file caret.c.

{
  const WCHAR *pos;
  ME_Cursor *p = NULL;
  int oldLen;
 
  /* FIXME really HERE ? */
  if (ME_IsSelection(editor))
    ME_DeleteSelection(editor);
 
  /* FIXME: is this too slow? */
  /* Didn't affect performance for WM_SETTEXT (around 50sec/30K) */
  oldLen = ME_GetTextLength(editor);
 
  /* text operations set modified state */
  editor->nModifyStep = 1;
 
  assert(style);
 
  assert(nCursor>=0 && nCursor<editor->nCursors);
  if (len == -1)
    len = lstrlenW(str);
 
  /* grow the text limit to fit our text */
  if(editor->nTextLimit < oldLen +len)
    editor->nTextLimit = oldLen + len;
 
  pos = str;
 
  while (len)
  {
    /* FIXME this sucks - no respect for unicode (what else can be a line separator in unicode?) */
    while(pos - str < len && *pos != '\r' && *pos != '\n' && *pos != '\t')
      pos++;
 
    if (pos != str) { /* handle text */
      ME_InternalInsertTextFromCursor(editor, nCursor, str, pos-str, style, 0);
    } else if (*pos == '\t') { /* handle tabs */
      WCHAR tab = '\t';
      ME_InternalInsertTextFromCursor(editor, nCursor, &tab, 1, style, MERF_TAB);
      pos++;
    } else { /* handle EOLs */
      ME_DisplayItem *tp, *end_run, *run, *prev;
      int eol_len = 0;
 
      /* Check if new line is allowed for this control */
      if (!(editor->styleFlags & ES_MULTILINE))
        break;
 
      /* Find number of CR and LF in end of paragraph run */
      if (*pos =='\r')
      {
        if (len > 1 && pos[1] == '\n')
          eol_len = 2;
        else if (len > 2 && pos[1] == '\r' && pos[2] == '\n')
          eol_len = 3;
        else
          eol_len = 1;
      } else {
        assert(*pos == '\n');
        eol_len = 1;
      }
      pos += eol_len;
 
      if (!editor->bEmulateVersion10 && eol_len == 3)
      {
        /* handle special \r\r\n sequence (richedit 2.x and higher only) */
        WCHAR space = ' ';
        ME_InternalInsertTextFromCursor(editor, nCursor, &space, 1, style, 0);
      } else {
        const WCHAR cr = '\r', *eol_str = str;
 
        if (!editor->bEmulateVersion10)
        {
          eol_str = &cr;
          eol_len = 1;
        }
 
        p = &editor->pCursors[nCursor];
 
        if (p->nOffset == p->pRun->member.run.len)
        {
           run = ME_FindItemFwd( p->pRun, diRun );
           if (!run) run = p->pRun;
        }
        else
        {
          if (p->nOffset) ME_SplitRunSimple(editor, p);
          run = p->pRun;
        }
 
        tp = ME_SplitParagraph(editor, run, style, eol_str, eol_len, 0);
 
        end_run = ME_FindItemBack(tp, diRun);
 
        /* Move any cursors that were at the end of the previous run to the beginning of the new para */
        prev = ME_FindItemBack( end_run, diRun );
        if (prev)
        {
          int i;
          for (i = 0; i < editor->nCursors; i++)
          {
            if (editor->pCursors[i].pRun == prev &&
                editor->pCursors[i].nOffset == prev->member.run.len)
            {
              editor->pCursors[i].pPara = tp;
              editor->pCursors[i].pRun = run;
              editor->pCursors[i].nOffset = 0;
            }
          }
        }
 
      }
    }
    len -= pos - str;
    str = pos;
  }
}

Referenced by fnTextSrv_TxSetText(), handle_enter(), ITextRange_fnSetText(), ME_AppendTableRow(), ME_Char(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_ReplaceSel(), ME_RTFParAttrHook(), ME_RTFSpecialCharHook(), ME_SetText(), ME_StreamInText(), and RTFFlushUnicodeOutputBuffer().

◆ ME_InternalDeleteText()

BOOL ME_InternalDeleteText	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_Cursor *	start,
		int	nChars,
		BOOL	bForce
	)

Definition at line 360 of file caret.c.

{
  ME_Cursor c = *start;
  int nOfs = ME_GetCursorOfs(start), text_len = ME_GetTextLength( editor );
  int shift = 0;
  int totalChars = nChars;
  ME_DisplayItem *start_para;
  BOOL delete_all = FALSE;
 
  /* Prevent deletion past last end of paragraph run. */
  nChars = min(nChars, text_len - nOfs);
  if (nChars == text_len) delete_all = TRUE;
  start_para = c.pPara;
 
  if (!bForce)
  {
    ME_ProtectPartialTableDeletion(editor, &c, &nChars);
    if (nChars == 0)
      return FALSE;
  }
 
  while(nChars > 0)
  {
    ME_Run *run;
    ME_CursorFromCharOfs(editor, nOfs+nChars, &c);
    if (!c.nOffset &&
        nOfs+nChars == (c.pRun->member.run.nCharOfs
                        + c.pPara->member.para.nCharOfs))
    {
      /* We aren't deleting anything in this run, so we will go back to the
       * last run we are deleting text in. */
      ME_PrevRun(&c.pPara, &c.pRun, TRUE);
      c.nOffset = c.pRun->member.run.len;
    }
    run = &c.pRun->member.run;
    if (run->nFlags & MERF_ENDPARA) {
      int eollen = c.pRun->member.run.len;
      BOOL keepFirstParaFormat;
 
      if (!ME_FindItemFwd(c.pRun, diParagraph))
      {
        return TRUE;
      }
      keepFirstParaFormat = (totalChars == nChars && nChars <= eollen &&
                             run->nCharOfs);
      if (!editor->bEmulateVersion10) /* v4.1 */
      {
        ME_DisplayItem *next_para = ME_FindItemFwd(c.pRun, diParagraphOrEnd);
        ME_DisplayItem *this_para = next_para->member.para.prev_para;
 
        /* The end of paragraph before a table row is only deleted if there
         * is nothing else on the line before it. */
        if (this_para == start_para &&
            next_para->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWSTART)
        {
          /* If the paragraph will be empty, then it should be deleted, however
           * it still might have text right now which would inherit the
           * MEPF_STARTROW property if we joined it right now.
           * Instead we will delete it after the preceding text is deleted. */
          if (nOfs > this_para->member.para.nCharOfs) {
            /* Skip this end of line. */
            nChars -= (eollen < nChars) ? eollen : nChars;
            continue;
          }
          keepFirstParaFormat = TRUE;
        }
      }
      ME_JoinParagraphs(editor, c.pPara, keepFirstParaFormat);
      /* ME_SkipAndPropagateCharOffset(p->pRun, shift); */
      ME_CheckCharOffsets(editor);
      nChars -= (eollen < nChars) ? eollen : nChars;
      continue;
    }
    else
    {
      ME_Cursor cursor;
      int nCharsToDelete = min(nChars, c.nOffset);
      int i;
 
      c.nOffset -= nCharsToDelete;
 
      mark_para_rewrap(editor, ME_FindItemBack(c.pRun, diParagraph));
 
      cursor = c;
      /* nChars is the number of characters that should be deleted from the
         PRECEDING runs (these BEFORE cursor.pRun)
         nCharsToDelete is a number of chars to delete from THIS run */
      nChars -= nCharsToDelete;
      shift -= nCharsToDelete;
      TRACE("Deleting %d (remaining %d) chars at %d in %s (%d)\n",
        nCharsToDelete, nChars, c.nOffset,
        debugstr_run( run ), run->len);
 
      /* nOfs is a character offset (from the start of the document
         to the current (deleted) run */
      add_undo_insert_run( editor, nOfs + nChars, get_text( run, c.nOffset ), nCharsToDelete, run->nFlags, run->style );
 
      ME_StrDeleteV(run->para->text, run->nCharOfs + c.nOffset, nCharsToDelete);
      run->len -= nCharsToDelete;
      TRACE("Post deletion string: %s (%d)\n", debugstr_run( run ), run->len);
      TRACE("Shift value: %d\n", shift);
 
      /* update cursors (including c) */
      for (i=-1; i<editor->nCursors; i++) {
        ME_Cursor *pThisCur = editor->pCursors + i;
        if (i == -1) pThisCur = &c;
        if (pThisCur->pRun == cursor.pRun) {
          if (pThisCur->nOffset > cursor.nOffset) {
            if (pThisCur->nOffset-cursor.nOffset < nCharsToDelete)
              pThisCur->nOffset = cursor.nOffset;
            else
              pThisCur->nOffset -= nCharsToDelete;
            assert(pThisCur->nOffset >= 0);
            assert(pThisCur->nOffset <= run->len);
          }
          if (pThisCur->nOffset == run->len)
          {
            pThisCur->pRun = ME_FindItemFwd(pThisCur->pRun, diRunOrParagraphOrEnd);
            assert(pThisCur->pRun->type == diRun);
            pThisCur->nOffset = 0;
          }
        }
      }
 
      /* c = updated data now */
 
      if (c.pRun == cursor.pRun)
        ME_SkipAndPropagateCharOffset(c.pRun, shift);
      else
        ME_PropagateCharOffset(c.pRun, shift);
 
      if (!cursor.pRun->member.run.len)
      {
        TRACE("Removing empty run\n");
        ME_Remove(cursor.pRun);
        ME_DestroyDisplayItem(cursor.pRun);
      }
 
      shift = 0;
      /*
      ME_CheckCharOffsets(editor);
      */
      continue;
    }
  }
  if (delete_all) ME_SetDefaultParaFormat( editor, &start_para->member.para.fmt );
  return TRUE;
}

Referenced by copy_or_cut(), fnTextSrv_TxSetText(), ITextRange_fnSetText(), ME_DeleteTextAtCursor(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_PlayUndoItem(), ME_ReplaceSel(), ME_RTFSpecialCharHook(), and ME_StreamIn().

◆ ME_InvalidateParagraphRange()

void ME_InvalidateParagraphRange	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_DisplayItem *	start_para,
		ME_DisplayItem *	last_para
	)

Definition at line 1168 of file wrap.c.

{
  ME_Context c;
  RECT rc;
  int ofs;
 
  ME_InitContext(&c, editor, ITextHost_TxGetDC(editor->texthost));
  rc = c.rcView;
  ofs = editor->vert_si.nPos;
 
  if (start_para) {
    start_para = ME_GetOuterParagraph(start_para);
    last_para = ME_GetOuterParagraph(last_para);
    rc.top = c.rcView.top + start_para->member.para.pt.y - ofs;
  } else {
    rc.top = c.rcView.top + editor->nTotalLength - ofs;
  }
  if (editor->nTotalLength < editor->nLastTotalLength)
    rc.bottom = c.rcView.top + editor->nLastTotalLength - ofs;
  else
    rc.bottom = c.rcView.top + last_para->member.para.pt.y + last_para->member.para.nHeight - ofs;
  ITextHost_TxInvalidateRect(editor->texthost, &rc, TRUE);
 
  ME_DestroyContext(&c);
}

Referenced by ME_InvalidateSelection(), and ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs().

◆ ME_InvalidateSelection()

void ME_InvalidateSelection ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 1322 of file paint.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *sel_start, *sel_end;
  ME_DisplayItem *repaint_start = NULL, *repaint_end = NULL;
  int nStart, nEnd;
  int len = ME_GetTextLength(editor);
 
  ME_GetSelectionOfs(editor, &nStart, &nEnd);
  /* if both old and new selection are 0-char (= caret only), then
  there's no (inverted) area to be repainted, neither old nor new */
  if (nStart == nEnd && editor->nLastSelStart == editor->nLastSelEnd)
    return;
  ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs(editor);
  ME_GetSelectionParas(editor, &sel_start, &sel_end);
  assert(sel_start->type == diParagraph);
  assert(sel_end->type == diParagraph);
  /* last selection markers aren't always updated, which means
   * they can point past the end of the document */
  if (editor->nLastSelStart > len || editor->nLastSelEnd > len) {
    repaint_start = ME_FindItemFwd(editor->pBuffer->pFirst, diParagraph);
    repaint_end = editor->pBuffer->pLast->member.para.prev_para;
  } else {
    /* if the start part of selection is being expanded or contracted... */
    if (nStart < editor->nLastSelStart) {
      repaint_start = sel_start;
      repaint_end = editor->pLastSelStartPara;
    } else if (nStart > editor->nLastSelStart) {
      repaint_start = editor->pLastSelStartPara;
      repaint_end = sel_start;
    }
 
    /* if the end part of selection is being contracted or expanded... */
    if (nEnd < editor->nLastSelEnd) {
      if (!repaint_start) repaint_start = sel_end;
      repaint_end = editor->pLastSelEndPara;
    } else if (nEnd > editor->nLastSelEnd) {
      if (!repaint_start) repaint_start = editor->pLastSelEndPara;
      repaint_end = sel_end;
    }
  }
 
  if (repaint_start)
    ME_InvalidateParagraphRange(editor, repaint_start, repaint_end);
  /* remember the last invalidated position */
  ME_GetSelectionOfs(editor, &editor->nLastSelStart, &editor->nLastSelEnd);
  ME_GetSelectionParas(editor, &editor->pLastSelStartPara, &editor->pLastSelEndPara);
  assert(editor->pLastSelStartPara->type == diParagraph);
  assert(editor->pLastSelEndPara->type == diParagraph);
}

Referenced by ME_ArrowKey(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_LButtonDown(), ME_MouseMove(), ME_TabPressedInTable(), and set_selection().

◆ ME_IsInTable()

BOOL ME_IsInTable ( ME_DisplayItem * pItem )

Definition at line 273 of file table.c.

{
  PARAFORMAT2 *pFmt;
  if (!pItem)
    return FALSE;
  if (pItem->type == diRun)
    pItem = ME_GetParagraph(pItem);
  if (pItem->type != diParagraph)
    return FALSE;
  pFmt = &pItem->member.para.fmt;
  return pFmt->dwMask & PFM_TABLE && pFmt->wEffects & PFE_TABLE;
}

Referenced by handle_enter(), ME_Char(), ME_SelectOrInsertNextCell(), ME_StreamIn(), and ME_TabPressedInTable().

◆ ME_IsSelection()

BOOL ME_IsSelection ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 1578 of file caret.c.

{
  return editor->pCursors[0].pRun != editor->pCursors[1].pRun ||
         editor->pCursors[0].nOffset != editor->pCursors[1].nOffset;
}

Referenced by handle_EM_SETCHARFORMAT(), ME_Char(), ME_GetInsertStyle(), ME_GetSelectionCharFormat(), ME_InsertEndRowFromCursor(), ME_InsertOLEFromCursor(), ME_InsertTextFromCursor(), ME_KeyDown(), ME_LButtonDown(), ME_SetCursor(), ME_SetSelectionCharFormat(), ME_TabPressedInTable(), and update_caret().

◆ ME_IsWSpace()

static int ME_IsWSpace ( WCHAR ch )

inlinestatic

Definition at line 101 of file editor.h.

{
  return ch > '\0' && ch <= ' ';
}

Referenced by find_non_whitespace(), ME_UpdateRunFlags(), ME_WordBreakProc(), reverse_find_non_whitespace(), reverse_find_whitespace(), run_is_entirely_ws(), and run_is_splittable().

◆ ME_JoinParagraphs()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_JoinParagraphs	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_DisplayItem *	tp,
		BOOL	keepFirstParaFormat
	)

Definition at line 687 of file para.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *pNext, *pFirstRunInNext, *pRun, *pTmp, *pCell = NULL;
  int i, shift;
  int end_len;
  CHARFORMAT2W fmt;
  ME_Cursor startCur, endCur;
  ME_String *eol_str;
 
  assert(tp->type == diParagraph);
  assert(tp->member.para.next_para);
  assert(tp->member.para.next_para->type == diParagraph);
 
  /* Clear any cached para numbering following this paragraph */
  if (tp->member.para.fmt.wNumbering)
      para_num_clear_list( editor, &tp->member.para, &tp->member.para.fmt );
 
  pNext = tp->member.para.next_para;
 
  /* Need to locate end-of-paragraph run here, in order to know end_len */
  pRun = ME_FindItemBack(pNext, diRunOrParagraph);
 
  assert(pRun);
  assert(pRun->type == diRun);
  assert(pRun->member.run.nFlags & MERF_ENDPARA);
 
  end_len = pRun->member.run.len;
  eol_str = ME_VSplitString( tp->member.para.text, pRun->member.run.nCharOfs );
  ME_AppendString( tp->member.para.text, pNext->member.para.text->szData, pNext->member.para.text->nLen );
 
  /* null char format operation to store the original char format for the ENDPARA run */
  ME_InitCharFormat2W(&fmt);
  endCur.pPara = pNext;
  endCur.pRun = ME_FindItemFwd(pNext, diRun);
  endCur.nOffset = 0;
  startCur = endCur;
  ME_PrevRun(&startCur.pPara, &startCur.pRun, TRUE);
  ME_SetCharFormat(editor, &startCur, &endCur, &fmt);
 
  if (!editor->bEmulateVersion10) { /* v4.1 */
    /* Table cell/row properties are always moved over from the removed para. */
    tp->member.para.nFlags = pNext->member.para.nFlags;
    tp->member.para.pCell = pNext->member.para.pCell;
 
    /* Remove cell boundary if it is between the end paragraph run and the next
     * paragraph display item. */
    for (pTmp = pRun->next; pTmp != pNext; pTmp = pTmp->next)
    {
      if (pTmp->type == diCell)
      {
        pCell = pTmp;
        break;
      }
    }
  }
 
  add_undo_split_para( editor, &pNext->member.para, eol_str, pCell ? &pCell->member.cell : NULL );
 
  if (pCell)
  {
    ME_Remove( pCell );
    if (pCell->member.cell.prev_cell)
      pCell->member.cell.prev_cell->member.cell.next_cell = pCell->member.cell.next_cell;
    if (pCell->member.cell.next_cell)
      pCell->member.cell.next_cell->member.cell.prev_cell = pCell->member.cell.prev_cell;
    ME_DestroyDisplayItem( pCell );
  }
 
  if (!keepFirstParaFormat)
  {
    add_undo_set_para_fmt( editor, &tp->member.para );
    tp->member.para.fmt = pNext->member.para.fmt;
    tp->member.para.border = pNext->member.para.border;
  }
 
  shift = pNext->member.para.nCharOfs - tp->member.para.nCharOfs - end_len;
 
  pFirstRunInNext = ME_FindItemFwd(pNext, diRunOrParagraph);
 
  assert(pFirstRunInNext->type == diRun);
 
  /* Update selection cursors so they don't point to the removed end
   * paragraph run, and point to the correct paragraph. */
  for (i=0; i < editor->nCursors; i++) {
    if (editor->pCursors[i].pRun == pRun) {
      editor->pCursors[i].pRun = pFirstRunInNext;
      editor->pCursors[i].nOffset = 0;
    } else if (editor->pCursors[i].pPara == pNext) {
      editor->pCursors[i].pPara = tp;
    }
  }
 
  pTmp = pNext;
  do {
    pTmp = ME_FindItemFwd(pTmp, diRunOrParagraphOrEnd);
    if (pTmp->type != diRun)
      break;
    TRACE("shifting %s by %d (previous %d)\n", debugstr_run( &pTmp->member.run ), shift, pTmp->member.run.nCharOfs);
    pTmp->member.run.nCharOfs += shift;
    pTmp->member.run.para = &tp->member.para;
  } while(1);
 
  /* Fix up the para's eop_run ptr */
  tp->member.para.eop_run = pNext->member.para.eop_run;
 
  ME_Remove(pRun);
  ME_DestroyDisplayItem(pRun);
 
  if (editor->pLastSelStartPara == pNext)
    editor->pLastSelStartPara = tp;
  if (editor->pLastSelEndPara == pNext)
    editor->pLastSelEndPara = tp;
 
  tp->member.para.next_para = pNext->member.para.next_para;
  pNext->member.para.next_para->member.para.prev_para = tp;
  ME_Remove(pNext);
  destroy_para(editor, pNext);
 
  ME_PropagateCharOffset(tp->member.para.next_para, -end_len);
 
  ME_CheckCharOffsets(editor);
 
  editor->nParagraphs--;
  mark_para_rewrap(editor, tp);
  return tp;
}

Referenced by ME_InternalDeleteText(), and ME_PlayUndoItem().

◆ ME_JoinRuns()

void ME_JoinRuns	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_DisplayItem *	p
	)

Definition at line 229 of file run.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *pNext = p->next;
  int i;
  assert(p->type == diRun && pNext->type == diRun);
  assert(p->member.run.nCharOfs != -1);
  mark_para_rewrap(editor, ME_GetParagraph(p));
 
  /* Update all cursors so that they don't contain the soon deleted run */
  for (i=0; i<editor->nCursors; i++) {
    if (editor->pCursors[i].pRun == pNext) {
      editor->pCursors[i].pRun = p;
      editor->pCursors[i].nOffset += p->member.run.len;
    }
  }
 
  p->member.run.len += pNext->member.run.len;
  ME_Remove(pNext);
  ME_DestroyDisplayItem(pNext);
  ME_UpdateRunFlags(editor, &p->member.run);
  ME_CheckCharOffsets(editor);
}

Referenced by ME_PrepareParagraphForWrapping().

◆ ME_LButtonDown()

void ME_LButtonDown	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	x,
		int	y,
		int	clickNum
	)

Definition at line 1204 of file caret.c.

{
  ME_Cursor tmp_cursor;
  BOOL is_selection = FALSE, is_shift;
 
  editor->nUDArrowX = -1;
 
  x += editor->horz_si.nPos;
  y += editor->vert_si.nPos;
 
  tmp_cursor = editor->pCursors[0];
  is_selection = ME_IsSelection(editor);
  is_shift = GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) < 0;
 
  ME_FindPixelPos(editor, x, y, &editor->pCursors[0], &editor->bCaretAtEnd, FALSE);
 
  if (x >= editor->rcFormat.left || is_shift)
  {
    if (clickNum > 1)
    {
      editor->pCursors[1] = editor->pCursors[0];
      if (is_shift) {
          if (x >= editor->rcFormat.left)
              ME_SelectByType(editor, stWord);
          else
              ME_SelectByType(editor, stParagraph);
      } else if (clickNum % 2 == 0) {
          ME_SelectByType(editor, stWord);
      } else {
          ME_SelectByType(editor, stParagraph);
      }
    }
    else if (!is_shift)
    {
      editor->nSelectionType = stPosition;
      editor->pCursors[1] = editor->pCursors[0];
    }
    else if (!is_selection)
    {
      editor->nSelectionType = stPosition;
      editor->pCursors[1] = tmp_cursor;
    }
    else if (editor->nSelectionType != stPosition)
    {
      ME_ExtendAnchorSelection(editor);
    }
  }
  else
  {
    if (clickNum < 2) {
        ME_SelectByType(editor, stLine);
    } else if (clickNum % 2 == 0 || is_shift) {
        ME_SelectByType(editor, stParagraph);
    } else {
        ME_SelectByType(editor, stDocument);
    }
  }
  ME_InvalidateSelection(editor);
  update_caret(editor);
  ME_SendSelChange(editor);
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_MakeDI()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_MakeDI ( ME_DIType type )

Definition at line 178 of file list.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *item = heap_alloc_zero(sizeof(*item));
 
  item->type = type;
  item->prev = item->next = NULL;
  return item;
}

Referenced by make_para(), ME_MakeRow(), ME_MakeRun(), ME_MakeText(), and ME_SplitParagraph().

◆ ME_MakeEditor()

ME_TextEditor * ME_MakeEditor	(	ITextHost *	texthost,
		BOOL	bEmulateVersion10
	)

Definition at line 3056 of file editor.c.

{
  ME_TextEditor *ed = heap_alloc(sizeof(*ed));
  int i;
  DWORD props;
  LONG selbarwidth;
 
  ed->hWnd = NULL;
  ed->hwndParent = NULL;
  ed->sizeWindow.cx = ed->sizeWindow.cy = 0;
  ed->texthost = texthost;
  ed->reOle = NULL;
  ed->bEmulateVersion10 = bEmulateVersion10;
  ed->styleFlags = 0;
  ed->exStyleFlags = 0;
  ed->first_marked_para = NULL;
  ed->total_rows = 0;
  ITextHost_TxGetPropertyBits(texthost,
                              (TXTBIT_RICHTEXT|TXTBIT_MULTILINE|
                               TXTBIT_READONLY|TXTBIT_USEPASSWORD|
                               TXTBIT_HIDESELECTION|TXTBIT_SAVESELECTION|
                               TXTBIT_AUTOWORDSEL|TXTBIT_VERTICAL|
                               TXTBIT_WORDWRAP|TXTBIT_DISABLEDRAG),
                              &props);
  ITextHost_TxGetScrollBars(texthost, &ed->styleFlags);
  ed->styleFlags &= (WS_VSCROLL|WS_HSCROLL|ES_AUTOVSCROLL|
                     ES_AUTOHSCROLL|ES_DISABLENOSCROLL);
  ed->pBuffer = ME_MakeText();
  ed->nZoomNumerator = ed->nZoomDenominator = 0;
  ed->nAvailWidth = 0; /* wrap to client area */
  list_init( &ed->style_list );
  ME_MakeFirstParagraph(ed);
  /* The four cursors are for:
   * 0 - The position where the caret is shown
   * 1 - The anchored end of the selection (for normal selection)
   * 2 & 3 - The anchored start and end respectively for word, line,
   * or paragraph selection.
   */
  ed->nCursors = 4;
  ed->pCursors = heap_alloc(ed->nCursors * sizeof(*ed->pCursors));
  ME_SetCursorToStart(ed, &ed->pCursors[0]);
  ed->pCursors[1] = ed->pCursors[0];
  ed->pCursors[2] = ed->pCursors[0];
  ed->pCursors[3] = ed->pCursors[1];
  ed->nLastTotalLength = ed->nTotalLength = 0;
  ed->nLastTotalWidth = ed->nTotalWidth = 0;
  ed->nUDArrowX = -1;
  ed->rgbBackColor = -1;
  ed->hbrBackground = GetSysColorBrush(COLOR_WINDOW);
  ed->bCaretAtEnd = FALSE;
  ed->nEventMask = 0;
  ed->nModifyStep = 0;
  ed->nTextLimit = TEXT_LIMIT_DEFAULT;
  list_init( &ed->undo_stack );
  list_init( &ed->redo_stack );
  ed->nUndoStackSize = 0;
  ed->nUndoLimit = STACK_SIZE_DEFAULT;
  ed->nUndoMode = umAddToUndo;
  ed->nParagraphs = 1;
  ed->nLastSelStart = ed->nLastSelEnd = 0;
  ed->pLastSelStartPara = ed->pLastSelEndPara = ed->pCursors[0].pPara;
  ed->bHideSelection = FALSE;
  ed->pfnWordBreak = NULL;
  ed->lpOleCallback = NULL;
  ed->mode = TM_MULTILEVELUNDO | TM_MULTICODEPAGE;
  ed->mode |= (props & TXTBIT_RICHTEXT) ? TM_RICHTEXT : TM_PLAINTEXT;
  ed->AutoURLDetect_bEnable = FALSE;
  ed->bHaveFocus = FALSE;
  ed->bDialogMode = FALSE;
  ed->bMouseCaptured = FALSE;
  ed->caret_hidden = FALSE;
  ed->caret_height = 0;
  for (i=0; i<HFONT_CACHE_SIZE; i++)
  {
    ed->pFontCache[i].nRefs = 0;
    ed->pFontCache[i].nAge = 0;
    ed->pFontCache[i].hFont = NULL;
  }
 
  ME_CheckCharOffsets(ed);
  SetRectEmpty(&ed->rcFormat);
  ed->bDefaultFormatRect = TRUE;
  ITextHost_TxGetSelectionBarWidth(ed->texthost, &selbarwidth);
  if (selbarwidth) {
    /* FIXME: Convert selbarwidth from HIMETRIC to pixels */
    ed->selofs = SELECTIONBAR_WIDTH;
    ed->styleFlags |= ES_SELECTIONBAR;
  } else {
    ed->selofs = 0;
  }
  ed->nSelectionType = stPosition;
 
  ed->cPasswordMask = 0;
  if (props & TXTBIT_USEPASSWORD)
    ITextHost_TxGetPasswordChar(texthost, &ed->cPasswordMask);
 
  if (props & TXTBIT_AUTOWORDSEL)
    ed->styleFlags |= ECO_AUTOWORDSELECTION;
  if (props & TXTBIT_MULTILINE) {
    ed->styleFlags |= ES_MULTILINE;
    ed->bWordWrap = (props & TXTBIT_WORDWRAP) != 0;
  } else {
    ed->bWordWrap = FALSE;
  }
  if (props & TXTBIT_READONLY)
    ed->styleFlags |= ES_READONLY;
  if (!(props & TXTBIT_HIDESELECTION))
    ed->styleFlags |= ES_NOHIDESEL;
  if (props & TXTBIT_SAVESELECTION)
    ed->styleFlags |= ES_SAVESEL;
  if (props & TXTBIT_VERTICAL)
    ed->styleFlags |= ES_VERTICAL;
  if (props & TXTBIT_DISABLEDRAG)
    ed->styleFlags |= ES_NOOLEDRAGDROP;
 
  ed->notified_cr.cpMin = ed->notified_cr.cpMax = 0;
 
  /* Default scrollbar information */
  ed->vert_si.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
  ed->vert_si.nMin = 0;
  ed->vert_si.nMax = 0;
  ed->vert_si.nPage = 0;
  ed->vert_si.nPos = 0;
 
  ed->horz_si.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
  ed->horz_si.nMin = 0;
  ed->horz_si.nMax = 0;
  ed->horz_si.nPage = 0;
  ed->horz_si.nPos = 0;
 
  ed->wheel_remain = 0;
 
  list_init( &ed->reobj_list );
  OleInitialize(NULL);
 
  return ed;
}

Referenced by create_windowed_editor(), and CreateTextServices().

◆ ME_MakeFirstParagraph()

void ME_MakeFirstParagraph ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 151 of file para.c.

{
  static const WCHAR cr_lf[] = {'\r','\n',0};
  ME_Context c;
  CHARFORMAT2W cf;
  const CHARFORMATW *host_cf;
  LOGFONTW lf;
  HFONT hf;
  ME_TextBuffer *text = editor->pBuffer;
  ME_DisplayItem *para = make_para(editor);
  ME_DisplayItem *run;
  ME_Style *style;
  int eol_len;
 
  ME_InitContext(&c, editor, ITextHost_TxGetDC(editor->texthost));
 
  hf = GetStockObject(SYSTEM_FONT);
  assert(hf);
  GetObjectW(hf, sizeof(LOGFONTW), &lf);
  ZeroMemory(&cf, sizeof(cf));
  cf.cbSize = sizeof(cf);
  cf.dwMask = CFM_ANIMATION|CFM_BACKCOLOR|CFM_CHARSET|CFM_COLOR|CFM_FACE|CFM_KERNING|CFM_LCID|CFM_OFFSET;
  cf.dwMask |= CFM_REVAUTHOR|CFM_SIZE|CFM_SPACING|CFM_STYLE|CFM_UNDERLINETYPE|CFM_WEIGHT;
  cf.dwMask |= CFM_ALLCAPS|CFM_BOLD|CFM_DISABLED|CFM_EMBOSS|CFM_HIDDEN;
  cf.dwMask |= CFM_IMPRINT|CFM_ITALIC|CFM_LINK|CFM_OUTLINE|CFM_PROTECTED;
  cf.dwMask |= CFM_REVISED|CFM_SHADOW|CFM_SMALLCAPS|CFM_STRIKEOUT;
  cf.dwMask |= CFM_SUBSCRIPT|CFM_UNDERLINE;
  
  cf.dwEffects = CFE_AUTOCOLOR | CFE_AUTOBACKCOLOR;
  lstrcpyW(cf.szFaceName, lf.lfFaceName);
  /* Convert system font height from logical units to twips for cf.yHeight */
  cf.yHeight = (lf.lfHeight * 72 * 1440) / (c.dpi.cy * c.dpi.cy);
  if (lf.lfWeight > FW_NORMAL) cf.dwEffects |= CFE_BOLD;
  cf.wWeight = lf.lfWeight;
  if (lf.lfItalic) cf.dwEffects |= CFE_ITALIC;
  if (lf.lfUnderline) cf.dwEffects |= CFE_UNDERLINE;
  cf.bUnderlineType = CFU_UNDERLINE;
  if (lf.lfStrikeOut) cf.dwEffects |= CFE_STRIKEOUT;
  cf.bPitchAndFamily = lf.lfPitchAndFamily;
  cf.bCharSet = lf.lfCharSet;
  cf.lcid = GetSystemDefaultLCID();
 
  style = ME_MakeStyle(&cf);
  text->pDefaultStyle = style;
 
  if (ITextHost_TxGetCharFormat(editor->texthost, &host_cf) == S_OK)
  {
    ZeroMemory(&cf, sizeof(cf));
    cf.cbSize = sizeof(cf);
    cfany_to_cf2w(&cf, (CHARFORMAT2W *)host_cf);
    ME_SetDefaultCharFormat(editor, &cf);
  }
 
  eol_len = editor->bEmulateVersion10 ? 2 : 1;
  para->member.para.text = ME_MakeStringN( cr_lf, eol_len );
 
  run = ME_MakeRun(style, MERF_ENDPARA);
  run->member.run.nCharOfs = 0;
  run->member.run.len = eol_len;
  run->member.run.para = &para->member.para;
 
  para->member.para.eop_run = &run->member.run;
 
  ME_InsertBefore(text->pLast, para);
  ME_InsertBefore(text->pLast, run);
  para->member.para.prev_para = text->pFirst;
  para->member.para.next_para = text->pLast;
  text->pFirst->member.para.next_para = para;
  text->pLast->member.para.prev_para = para;
 
  text->pLast->member.para.nCharOfs = editor->bEmulateVersion10 ? 2 : 1;
 
  add_marked_para(editor, para);
  ME_DestroyContext(&c);
}

Referenced by ME_MakeEditor().

◆ ME_MakeRun()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_MakeRun	(	ME_Style *	s,
		int	nFlags
	)

Definition at line 296 of file run.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *item = ME_MakeDI(diRun);
  item->member.run.style = s;
  item->member.run.reobj = NULL;
  item->member.run.nFlags = nFlags;
  item->member.run.nCharOfs = -1;
  item->member.run.len = 0;
  item->member.run.para = NULL;
  item->member.run.num_glyphs = 0;
  item->member.run.max_glyphs = 0;
  item->member.run.glyphs = NULL;
  item->member.run.vis_attrs = NULL;
  item->member.run.advances = NULL;
  item->member.run.offsets = NULL;
  item->member.run.max_clusters = 0;
  item->member.run.clusters = NULL;
  ME_AddRefStyle(s);
  return item;
}

Referenced by ME_InsertRunAtCursor(), ME_MakeFirstParagraph(), ME_SplitParagraph(), and ME_SplitRunSimple().

◆ ME_MakeStringConst()

ME_String * ME_MakeStringConst	(	const WCHAR *	str,
		int	len
	)

Definition at line 41 of file string.c.

{
  ME_String *s = make_string( NULL );
  if (!s) return NULL;
 
  s->szData = (WCHAR *)str;
  s->nLen = len;
  s->nBuffer = 0;
  return s;
}

Referenced by para_num_init().

◆ ME_MakeStringEmpty()

ME_String * ME_MakeStringEmpty ( int len )

Definition at line 58 of file string.c.

{
  ME_String *s = make_string( heap_string_free );
 
  if (!s) return NULL;
  s->nLen = nMaxChars;
  s->nBuffer = ME_GetOptimalBuffer(s->nLen + 1);
  s->szData = heap_alloc( s->nBuffer * sizeof(WCHAR) );
  if (!s->szData)
  {
    heap_free( s );
    return NULL;
  }
  s->szData[s->nLen] = 0;
  return s;
}

Referenced by ME_MakeStringN(), ME_MakeStringR(), and para_num_get_str().

◆ ME_MakeStringN()

ME_String * ME_MakeStringN	(	LPCWSTR	szText,
		int	nMaxChars
	)

Definition at line 75 of file string.c.

{
  ME_String *s = ME_MakeStringEmpty(nMaxChars);
 
  if (!s) return NULL;
  memcpy(s->szData, szText, s->nLen * sizeof(WCHAR));
  return s;
}

Referenced by ME_MakeFirstParagraph(), and ME_VSplitString().

◆ ME_MakeStringR()

ME_String * ME_MakeStringR	(	WCHAR	cRepeat,
		int	nMaxChars
	)

Definition at line 85 of file string.c.

{
  int i;
  ME_String *s = ME_MakeStringEmpty(nMaxChars);
 
  if (!s) return NULL;
  for (i = 0; i < nMaxChars; i++)
    s->szData[i] = cRepeat;
  return s;
}

Referenced by draw_text(), ME_CharFromPointContext(), ME_GetRunSizeCommon(), and ME_PointFromCharContext().

◆ ME_MakeStyle()

ME_Style * ME_MakeStyle ( CHARFORMAT2W * style )

Definition at line 121 of file style.c.

{
  ME_Style *s = heap_alloc(sizeof(*s));
 
  assert(style->cbSize == sizeof(CHARFORMAT2W));
  s->fmt = *style;
  s->nRefs = 1;
  s->font_cache = NULL;
  memset(&s->tm, 0, sizeof(s->tm));
  s->tm.tmAscent = -1;
  s->script_cache = NULL;
  list_init(&s->entry);
  all_refs++;
  TRACE_(richedit_style)("ME_MakeStyle %p, total refs=%d\n", s, all_refs);
  return s;
}

Referenced by ME_ApplyStyle(), and ME_MakeFirstParagraph().

◆ ME_MakeTableDef()

struct RTFTable * ME_MakeTableDef ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 637 of file table.c.

{
  RTFTable *tableDef = heap_alloc_zero(sizeof(*tableDef));
 
  if (!editor->bEmulateVersion10) /* v4.1 */
    tableDef->gapH = 10;
  return tableDef;
}

Referenced by ME_RTFTblAttrHook().

◆ ME_MarkAllForWrapping()

void ME_MarkAllForWrapping ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 236 of file para.c.

{
  ME_MarkForWrapping(editor, editor->pBuffer->pFirst->member.para.next_para, editor->pBuffer->pLast);
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage(), ME_RewrapRepaint(), and ME_SetDefaultCharFormat().

◆ ME_MouseMove()

void ME_MouseMove	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	x,
		int	y
	)

Definition at line 1266 of file caret.c.

{
  ME_Cursor tmp_cursor;
 
  if (editor->nSelectionType == stDocument)
      return;
  x += editor->horz_si.nPos;
  y += editor->vert_si.nPos;
 
  tmp_cursor = editor->pCursors[0];
  /* FIXME: do something with the return value of ME_FindPixelPos */
  ME_FindPixelPos(editor, x, y, &tmp_cursor, &editor->bCaretAtEnd, TRUE);
 
  ME_InvalidateSelection(editor);
  editor->pCursors[0] = tmp_cursor;
  ME_ExtendAnchorSelection(editor);
 
  if (editor->nSelectionType != stPosition &&
      memcmp(&editor->pCursors[1], &editor->pCursors[3], sizeof(ME_Cursor)))
  {
      /* The scroll the cursor towards the other end, since it was the one
       * extended by ME_ExtendAnchorSelection */
      ME_EnsureVisible(editor, &editor->pCursors[1]);
  } else {
      ME_EnsureVisible(editor, &editor->pCursors[0]);
  }
 
  ME_InvalidateSelection(editor);
  update_caret(editor);
  ME_SendSelChange(editor);
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_MoveCursorChars()

int ME_MoveCursorChars	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_Cursor *	cursor,
		int	nRelOfs,
		BOOL	final_eop
	)

Definition at line 720 of file caret.c.

{
  cursor->nOffset += nRelOfs;
  if (cursor->nOffset < 0)
  {
    cursor->nOffset += cursor->pRun->member.run.nCharOfs;
    if (cursor->nOffset >= 0)
    {
      /* new offset in the same paragraph */
      do {
        cursor->pRun = ME_FindItemBack(cursor->pRun, diRun);
      } while (cursor->nOffset < cursor->pRun->member.run.nCharOfs);
      cursor->nOffset -= cursor->pRun->member.run.nCharOfs;
      return nRelOfs;
    }
 
    cursor->nOffset += cursor->pPara->member.para.nCharOfs;
    if (cursor->nOffset <= 0)
    {
      /* moved to the start of the text */
      nRelOfs -= cursor->nOffset;
      ME_SetCursorToStart(editor, cursor);
      return nRelOfs;
    }
 
    /* new offset in a previous paragraph */
    do {
      cursor->pPara = cursor->pPara->member.para.prev_para;
    } while (cursor->nOffset < cursor->pPara->member.para.nCharOfs);
    cursor->nOffset -= cursor->pPara->member.para.nCharOfs;
 
    cursor->pRun = ME_FindItemBack(cursor->pPara->member.para.next_para, diRun);
    while (cursor->nOffset < cursor->pRun->member.run.nCharOfs) {
      cursor->pRun = ME_FindItemBack(cursor->pRun, diRun);
    }
    cursor->nOffset -= cursor->pRun->member.run.nCharOfs;
  } else if (cursor->nOffset >= cursor->pRun->member.run.len) {
    ME_DisplayItem *next_para;
    int new_offset;
 
    new_offset = ME_GetCursorOfs(cursor);
    next_para = cursor->pPara->member.para.next_para;
    if (new_offset < next_para->member.para.nCharOfs)
    {
      /* new offset in the same paragraph */
      do {
        cursor->nOffset -= cursor->pRun->member.run.len;
        cursor->pRun = ME_FindItemFwd(cursor->pRun, diRun);
      } while (cursor->nOffset >= cursor->pRun->member.run.len);
      return nRelOfs;
    }
 
    if (new_offset >= ME_GetTextLength(editor) + (final_eop ? 1 : 0))
    {
      /* new offset at the end of the text */
      ME_SetCursorToEnd(editor, cursor, final_eop);
      nRelOfs -= new_offset - (ME_GetTextLength(editor) + (final_eop ? 1 : 0));
      return nRelOfs;
    }
 
    /* new offset in a following paragraph */
    do {
      cursor->pPara = next_para;
      next_para = next_para->member.para.next_para;
    } while (new_offset >= next_para->member.para.nCharOfs);
 
    cursor->nOffset = new_offset - cursor->pPara->member.para.nCharOfs;
    cursor->pRun = ME_FindItemFwd(cursor->pPara, diRun);
    while (cursor->nOffset >= cursor->pRun->member.run.len)
    {
      cursor->nOffset -= cursor->pRun->member.run.len;
      cursor->pRun = ME_FindItemFwd(cursor->pRun, diRun);
    }
  } /* else new offset is in the same run */
  return nRelOfs;
}

Referenced by get_textfont_prop_for_pos(), ME_ArrowKey(), ME_FindText(), ME_PlayUndoItem(), ME_ProtectPartialTableDeletion(), ME_StreamIn(), ME_StreamOutRTF(), and set_selection_cursors().

◆ ME_MoveCursorFromTableRowStartParagraph()

void ME_MoveCursorFromTableRowStartParagraph ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 622 of file table.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *para = editor->pCursors[0].pPara;
  if (para == editor->pCursors[1].pPara &&
      para->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWSTART) {
    /* The cursors should not be at the hidden start row paragraph without
     * a selection, so the cursor is moved into the first cell. */
    para = para->member.para.next_para;
    editor->pCursors[0].pPara = para;
    editor->pCursors[0].pRun = ME_FindItemFwd(para, diRun);
    editor->pCursors[0].nOffset = 0;
    editor->pCursors[1] = editor->pCursors[0];
  }
}

Referenced by ME_KeyDown(), ME_Redo(), and ME_Undo().

◆ ME_MoveCursorWords()

BOOL ME_MoveCursorWords	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_Cursor *	cursor,
		int	nRelOfs
	)

Definition at line 799 of file caret.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *pRun = cursor->pRun, *pOtherRun;
  ME_DisplayItem *pPara = cursor->pPara;
  int nOffset = cursor->nOffset;
 
  if (nRelOfs == -1)
  {
    /* Backward movement */
    while (TRUE)
    {
      nOffset = ME_CallWordBreakProc(editor, get_text( &pRun->member.run, 0 ),
                                     pRun->member.run.len, nOffset, WB_MOVEWORDLEFT);
      if (nOffset)
        break;
      pOtherRun = ME_FindItemBack(pRun, diRunOrParagraph);
      if (pOtherRun->type == diRun)
      {
        if (ME_CallWordBreakProc(editor, get_text( &pOtherRun->member.run, 0 ),
                                 pOtherRun->member.run.len,
                                 pOtherRun->member.run.len - 1,
                                 WB_ISDELIMITER)
            && !(pRun->member.run.nFlags & MERF_ENDPARA)
            && !(cursor->pRun == pRun && cursor->nOffset == 0)
            && !ME_CallWordBreakProc(editor, get_text( &pRun->member.run, 0 ),
                                     pRun->member.run.len, 0,
                                     WB_ISDELIMITER))
          break;
        pRun = pOtherRun;
        nOffset = pOtherRun->member.run.len;
      }
      else if (pOtherRun->type == diParagraph)
      {
        if (cursor->pRun == pRun && cursor->nOffset == 0)
        {
          pPara = pOtherRun;
          /* Skip empty start of table row paragraph */
          if (pPara->member.para.prev_para->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWSTART)
            pPara = pPara->member.para.prev_para;
          /* Paragraph breaks are treated as separate words */
          if (pPara->member.para.prev_para->type == diTextStart)
            return FALSE;
 
          pRun = ME_FindItemBack(pPara, diRun);
          pPara = pPara->member.para.prev_para;
        }
        break;
      }
    }
  }
  else
  {
    /* Forward movement */
    BOOL last_delim = FALSE;
    
    while (TRUE)
    {
      if (last_delim && !ME_CallWordBreakProc(editor, get_text( &pRun->member.run, 0 ),
                                              pRun->member.run.len, nOffset, WB_ISDELIMITER))
        break;
      nOffset = ME_CallWordBreakProc(editor, get_text( &pRun->member.run, 0 ),
                                     pRun->member.run.len, nOffset, WB_MOVEWORDRIGHT);
      if (nOffset < pRun->member.run.len)
        break;
      pOtherRun = ME_FindItemFwd(pRun, diRunOrParagraphOrEnd);
      if (pOtherRun->type == diRun)
      {
        last_delim = ME_CallWordBreakProc(editor, get_text( &pRun->member.run, 0 ),
                                          pRun->member.run.len, nOffset - 1, WB_ISDELIMITER);
        pRun = pOtherRun;
        nOffset = 0;
      }
      else if (pOtherRun->type == diParagraph)
      {
        if (pOtherRun->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWSTART)
            pOtherRun = pOtherRun->member.para.next_para;
        if (cursor->pRun == pRun) {
          pPara = pOtherRun;
          pRun = ME_FindItemFwd(pPara, diRun);
        }
        nOffset = 0;
        break;
      }
      else /* diTextEnd */
      {
        if (cursor->pRun == pRun)
          return FALSE;
        nOffset = 0;
        break;
      }
    }
  }
  cursor->pPara = pPara;
  cursor->pRun = pRun;
  cursor->nOffset = nOffset;
  return TRUE;
}

Referenced by handle_EM_SETCHARFORMAT(), ME_ArrowKey(), ME_ExtendAnchorSelection(), and ME_SelectByType().

◆ ME_NextRun()

BOOL ME_NextRun	(	ME_DisplayItem **	para,
		ME_DisplayItem **	run,
		BOOL	all_para
	)

Definition at line 71 of file list.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *p = (*run)->next;
  while (p->type != diTextEnd)
  {
    if (p->type == diParagraph) {
      if (!all_para) return FALSE;
      *para = p;
    } else if (p->type == diRun) {
      *run = p;
      return TRUE;
    }
    p = p->next;
  }
  return FALSE;
}

Referenced by ME_FindNextURLCandidate(), ME_FindText(), ME_LinkNotify(), and ME_StreamOutRTF().

◆ ME_PaintContent()

void ME_PaintContent	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		HDC	hDC,
		const RECT *	rcUpdate
	)

Definition at line 28 of file paint.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *item;
  ME_Context c;
  int ys, ye;
  HRGN oldRgn;
 
  oldRgn = CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0);
  if (!GetClipRgn(hDC, oldRgn))
  {
    DeleteObject(oldRgn);
    oldRgn = NULL;
  }
  IntersectClipRect(hDC, rcUpdate->left, rcUpdate->top,
                     rcUpdate->right, rcUpdate->bottom);
 
  ME_InitContext(&c, editor, hDC);
  SetBkMode(hDC, TRANSPARENT);
 
  item = editor->pBuffer->pFirst->next;
  /* This context point is an offset for the paragraph positions stored
   * during wrapping. It shouldn't be modified during painting. */
  c.pt.x = c.rcView.left - editor->horz_si.nPos;
  c.pt.y = c.rcView.top - editor->vert_si.nPos;
  while(item != editor->pBuffer->pLast)
  {
    assert(item->type == diParagraph);
 
    ys = c.pt.y + item->member.para.pt.y;
    if (item->member.para.pCell
        != item->member.para.next_para->member.para.pCell)
    {
      ME_Cell *cell = NULL;
      cell = &ME_FindItemBack(item->member.para.next_para, diCell)->member.cell;
      ye = c.pt.y + cell->pt.y + cell->nHeight;
    } else {
      ye = ys + item->member.para.nHeight;
    }
    if (item->member.para.pCell && !(item->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWEND) &&
        item->member.para.pCell != item->member.para.prev_para->member.para.pCell)
    {
      /* the border shifts the text down */
      ys -= item->member.para.pCell->member.cell.yTextOffset;
    }
 
    /* Draw the paragraph if any of the paragraph is in the update region. */
    if (ys < rcUpdate->bottom && ye > rcUpdate->top)
      ME_DrawParagraph(&c, item);
    item = item->member.para.next_para;
  }
  if (c.pt.y + editor->nTotalLength < c.rcView.bottom)
  {
    /* Fill space after the end of the text. */
    RECT rc;
    rc.top = c.pt.y + editor->nTotalLength;
    rc.left = c.rcView.left;
    rc.bottom = c.rcView.bottom;
    rc.right = c.rcView.right;
 
    IntersectRect(&rc, &rc, rcUpdate);
 
    if (!IsRectEmpty(&rc))
      PatBlt(hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right - rc.left, rc.bottom - rc.top, PATCOPY);
  }
  if (editor->nTotalLength != editor->nLastTotalLength ||
      editor->nTotalWidth != editor->nLastTotalWidth)
    ME_SendRequestResize(editor, FALSE);
  editor->nLastTotalLength = editor->nTotalLength;
  editor->nLastTotalWidth = editor->nTotalWidth;
 
  SelectClipRgn(hDC, oldRgn);
  if (oldRgn)
    DeleteObject(oldRgn);
 
  c.hDC = NULL;
  ME_DestroyContext(&c);
}

Referenced by RichEditWndProc_common().

◆ ME_PointFromChar()

int ME_PointFromChar	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_Run *	pRun,
		int	nOffset,
		BOOL	visual_order
	)

Definition at line 598 of file run.c.

{
    ME_Context c;
    int ret;
 
    ME_InitContext(&c, editor, ITextHost_TxGetDC(editor->texthost));
    ret = ME_PointFromCharContext( &c, pRun, nOffset, visual_order );
    ME_DestroyContext(&c);
 
    return ret;
}

Referenced by ME_EnsureVisible(), ME_GetXForArrow(), and ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_PointFromCharContext()

int ME_PointFromCharContext	(	ME_Context *	c,
		ME_Run *	pRun,
		int	nOffset,
		BOOL	visual_order
	)

Definition at line 557 of file run.c.

{
  SIZE size;
  ME_String *mask_text = NULL;
  WCHAR *str;
 
  if (pRun->nFlags & MERF_GRAPHICS)
  {
    if (nOffset)
      ME_GetOLEObjectSize(c, pRun, &size);
    return nOffset != 0;
  } else if (pRun->nFlags & MERF_ENDPARA) {
    nOffset = 0;
  }
 
  if (pRun->para->nFlags & MEPF_COMPLEX)
  {
      int x;
      ScriptCPtoX( nOffset, FALSE, pRun->len, pRun->num_glyphs, pRun->clusters,
                   pRun->vis_attrs, pRun->advances, &pRun->script_analysis, &x );
      if (visual_order && pRun->script_analysis.fRTL) x = pRun->nWidth - x - 1;
      return x;
  }
  if (c->editor->cPasswordMask)
  {
    mask_text = ME_MakeStringR(c->editor->cPasswordMask, pRun->len);
    str = mask_text->szData;
  }
  else
      str = get_text( pRun, 0 );
 
  ME_GetTextExtent(c, str, nOffset, pRun->style, &size);
  ME_DestroyString( mask_text );
  return size.cx;
}

Referenced by get_selection_rect(), ME_GetCursorCoordinates(), ME_InsertRowStart(), and ME_PointFromChar().

◆ ME_PrevRun()

BOOL ME_PrevRun	(	ME_DisplayItem **	para,
		ME_DisplayItem **	run,
		BOOL	all_para
	)

Definition at line 93 of file list.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *p = (*run)->prev;
  while (p->type != diTextStart)
  {
    if (p->type == diParagraph) {
      if (!all_para) return FALSE;
      if (para && p->member.para.prev_para->type == diParagraph)
        *para = p->member.para.prev_para;
    } else if (p->type == diRun) {
      *run = p;
      return TRUE;
    }
    p = p->prev;
  }
  return FALSE;
}

Referenced by ME_FindText(), ME_InsertOLEFromCursor(), ME_InternalDeleteText(), ME_JoinParagraphs(), ME_LinkNotify(), and ME_MoveCursorLines().

◆ ME_PropagateCharOffset()

void ME_PropagateCharOffset	(	ME_DisplayItem *	p,
		int	shift
	)

Definition at line 59 of file run.c.

{
    /* Runs in one paragraph contain character offset relative to their owning
     * paragraph. If we start the shifting from the run, we need to shift
     * all the relative offsets until the end of the paragraph
     */         
  if (p->type == diRun) /* propagate in all runs in this para */
  {
    TRACE("PropagateCharOffset(%s, %d)\n", debugstr_run( &p->member.run ), shift);
    do {
      p->member.run.nCharOfs += shift;
      assert(p->member.run.nCharOfs >= 0);
      p = ME_FindItemFwd(p, diRunOrParagraphOrEnd);
    } while(p->type == diRun);
  }
    /* Runs in next paragraphs don't need their offsets updated, because they, 
     * again, those offsets are relative to their respective paragraphs.
     * Instead of that, we're updating paragraphs' character offsets.     
     */         
  if (p->type == diParagraph) /* propagate in all next paras */
  {
    do {
      p->member.para.nCharOfs += shift;
      assert(p->member.para.nCharOfs >= 0);
      p = p->member.para.next_para;
    } while(p->type == diParagraph);
  }
  /* diTextEnd also has character offset in it, which makes finding text length
   * easier. But it needs to be up to date first.
   */
  if (p->type == diTextEnd)
  {
    p->member.para.nCharOfs += shift;
    assert(p->member.para.nCharOfs >= 0);
  }
}

Referenced by ME_InsertRunAtCursor(), ME_InternalDeleteText(), ME_JoinParagraphs(), ME_SkipAndPropagateCharOffset(), and ME_SplitParagraph().

◆ ME_ProtectPartialTableDeletion()

void ME_ProtectPartialTableDeletion	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_Cursor *	c,
		int *	nChars
	)

Definition at line 287 of file table.c.

{
  int nOfs = ME_GetCursorOfs(c);
  ME_Cursor c2 = *c;
  ME_DisplayItem *this_para = c->pPara;
  ME_DisplayItem *end_para;
 
  ME_MoveCursorChars(editor, &c2, *nChars, FALSE);
  end_para = c2.pPara;
  if (c2.pRun->member.run.nFlags & MERF_ENDPARA) {
    /* End offset might be in the middle of the end paragraph run.
     * If this is the case, then we need to use the next paragraph as the last
     * paragraphs.
     */
    int remaining = nOfs + *nChars - c2.pRun->member.run.nCharOfs
                    - end_para->member.para.nCharOfs;
    if (remaining)
    {
      assert(remaining < c2.pRun->member.run.len);
      end_para = end_para->member.para.next_para;
    }
  }
  if (!editor->bEmulateVersion10) { /* v4.1 */
    if (this_para->member.para.pCell != end_para->member.para.pCell ||
        ((this_para->member.para.nFlags|end_para->member.para.nFlags)
         & (MEPF_ROWSTART|MEPF_ROWEND)))
    {
      while (this_para != end_para)
      {
        ME_DisplayItem *next_para = this_para->member.para.next_para;
        BOOL bTruancateDeletion = FALSE;
        if (this_para->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWSTART) {
          /* The following while loop assumes that next_para is MEPF_ROWSTART,
           * so moving back one paragraph let's it be processed as the start
           * of the row. */
          next_para = this_para;
          this_para = this_para->member.para.prev_para;
        } else if (next_para->member.para.pCell != this_para->member.para.pCell
                   || this_para->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWEND)
        {
          /* Start of the deletion from after the start of the table row. */
          bTruancateDeletion = TRUE;
        }
        while (!bTruancateDeletion &&
               next_para->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWSTART)
        {
          next_para = ME_GetTableRowEnd(next_para)->member.para.next_para;
          if (next_para->member.para.nCharOfs > nOfs + *nChars)
          {
            /* End of deletion is not past the end of the table row. */
            next_para = this_para->member.para.next_para;
            /* Delete the end paragraph preceding the table row if the
             * preceding table row will be empty. */
            if (this_para->member.para.nCharOfs >= nOfs)
            {
              next_para = next_para->member.para.next_para;
            }
            bTruancateDeletion = TRUE;
          } else {
            this_para = next_para->member.para.prev_para;
          }
        }
        if (bTruancateDeletion)
        {
          ME_Run *end_run = &ME_FindItemBack(next_para, diRun)->member.run;
          int nCharsNew = (next_para->member.para.nCharOfs - nOfs
                           - end_run->len);
          nCharsNew = max(nCharsNew, 0);
          assert(nCharsNew <= *nChars);
          *nChars = nCharsNew;
          break;
        }
        this_para = next_para;
      }
    }
  } else { /* v1.0 - 3.0 */
    ME_DisplayItem *pRun;
    int nCharsToBoundary;
 
    if ((this_para->member.para.nCharOfs != nOfs || this_para == end_para) &&
        this_para->member.para.fmt.dwMask & PFM_TABLE &&
        this_para->member.para.fmt.wEffects & PFE_TABLE)
    {
      pRun = c->pRun;
      /* Find the next tab or end paragraph to use as a delete boundary */
      while (!(pRun->member.run.nFlags & (MERF_TAB|MERF_ENDPARA)))
        pRun = ME_FindItemFwd(pRun, diRun);
      nCharsToBoundary = pRun->member.run.nCharOfs
                         - c->pRun->member.run.nCharOfs
                         - c->nOffset;
      *nChars = min(*nChars, nCharsToBoundary);
    } else if (end_para->member.para.fmt.dwMask & PFM_TABLE &&
               end_para->member.para.fmt.wEffects & PFE_TABLE)
    {
      /* The deletion starts from before the row, so don't join it with
       * previous non-empty paragraphs. */
      ME_DisplayItem *curPara;
      pRun = NULL;
      if (nOfs > this_para->member.para.nCharOfs) {
        pRun = ME_FindItemBack(end_para, diRun);
        curPara = end_para->member.para.prev_para;
      }
      if (!pRun) {
        pRun = ME_FindItemFwd(end_para, diRun);
        curPara = end_para;
      }
      if (pRun)
      {
        nCharsToBoundary = curPara->member.para.nCharOfs
                           + pRun->member.run.nCharOfs
                           - nOfs;
        if (nCharsToBoundary >= 0)
          *nChars = min(*nChars, nCharsToBoundary);
      }
    }
    if (*nChars < 0)
      *nChars = 0;
  }
}

Referenced by ME_InternalDeleteText().

◆ ME_Redo()

BOOL ME_Redo ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 453 of file undo.c.

{
  ME_UndoMode nMode = editor->nUndoMode;
  struct list *head;
  struct undo_item *undo, *cursor2;
 
  assert(nMode == umAddToUndo || nMode == umIgnore);
  
  if (editor->nUndoMode == umIgnore) return FALSE;
 
  head = list_head( &editor->redo_stack );
  if (!head) return FALSE;
 
  /* watch out for uncommitted transactions ! */
  undo = LIST_ENTRY( head, struct undo_item, entry );
  assert( undo->type == undo_end_transaction );
 
  editor->nUndoMode = umAddBackToUndo;
  list_remove( &undo->entry );
  destroy_undo_item( undo );
 
  LIST_FOR_EACH_ENTRY_SAFE( undo, cursor2, &editor->redo_stack, struct undo_item, entry )
  {
      if (undo->type == undo_end_transaction) break;
      ME_PlayUndoItem( editor, undo );
      list_remove( &undo->entry );
      destroy_undo_item( undo );
  }
  ME_MoveCursorFromTableRowStartParagraph(editor);
  add_undo( editor, undo_end_transaction );
  ME_CheckTablesForCorruption(editor);
  editor->nUndoMode = nMode;
  ME_UpdateRepaint(editor, FALSE);
  return TRUE;
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage(), and ME_KeyDown().

◆ ME_ReleaseStyle()

void ME_ReleaseStyle ( ME_Style * item )

Definition at line 462 of file style.c.

{
  s->nRefs--;
  all_refs--;
  if (s->nRefs==0)
    TRACE_(richedit_style)("destroy style %p, total refs=%d\n", s, all_refs);
  else
    TRACE_(richedit_style)("release style %p, new refs=%d, total refs=%d\n", s, s->nRefs, all_refs);
  if (!all_refs) TRACE("all style references freed (good!)\n");
  assert(s->nRefs>=0);
  if (!s->nRefs)
    ME_DestroyStyle(s);
}

Referenced by destroy_undo_item(), handle_enter(), ITextRange_fnSetText(), ME_Char(), ME_ClearTempStyle(), ME_DestroyDisplayItem(), ME_DestroyEditor(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_InsertEndParaFromCursor(), ME_InsertEndRowFromCursor(), ME_InsertOLEFromCursor(), ME_ReplaceSel(), ME_RTFCharAttrHook(), ME_RTFReadHook(), ME_SaveTempStyle(), ME_SetCharFormat(), ME_SetDefaultCharFormat(), ME_SetSelectionCharFormat(), ME_StreamIn(), and para_num_clear().

◆ ME_Remove()

void ME_Remove ( ME_DisplayItem * diWhere )

Definition at line 35 of file list.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *diNext = diWhere->next;
  ME_DisplayItem *diPrev = diWhere->prev;
  assert(diNext);
  assert(diPrev);
  diPrev->next = diNext;
  diNext->prev = diPrev;
}

Referenced by ME_InternalDeleteText(), ME_JoinParagraphs(), ME_JoinRuns(), and ME_PrepareParagraphForWrapping().

◆ ME_Repaint()

void ME_Repaint ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 106 of file paint.c.

{
  if (ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs(editor))
  {
    ME_UpdateScrollBar(editor);
    FIXME("ME_Repaint had to call ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs\n");
  }
  ITextHost_TxViewChange(editor->texthost, TRUE);
}

Referenced by ME_ArrowKey(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_RewrapRepaint(), ME_ScrollAbs(), and ME_TabPressedInTable().

◆ ME_ReplaceSel()

void ME_ReplaceSel	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		BOOL	can_undo,
		const WCHAR *	str,
		int	len
	)

Definition at line 3463 of file editor.c.

{
  int from, to, nStartCursor;
  ME_Style *style;
 
  nStartCursor = ME_GetSelectionOfs(editor, &from, &to);
  style = ME_GetSelectionInsertStyle(editor);
  ME_InternalDeleteText(editor, &editor->pCursors[nStartCursor], to-from, FALSE);
  ME_InsertTextFromCursor(editor, 0, str, len, style);
  ME_ReleaseStyle(style);
  /* drop temporary style if line end */
  /*
   * FIXME question: does abc\n mean: put abc,
   * clear temp style, put \n? (would require a change)
   */
  if (len>0 && str[len-1] == '\n')
    ME_ClearTempStyle(editor);
  ME_CommitUndo(editor);
  ME_UpdateSelectionLinkAttribute(editor);
  if (!can_undo)
    ME_EmptyUndoStack(editor);
  ME_UpdateRepaint(editor, FALSE);
}

Referenced by ITextSelection_fnSetText(), and ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_ReverseFindNonWhitespaceV()

int ME_ReverseFindNonWhitespaceV	(	const ME_String *	s,
		int	nVChar
	)

◆ ME_ReverseFindWhitespaceV()

int ME_ReverseFindWhitespaceV	(	const ME_String *	s,
		int	nVChar
	)

◆ ME_RewrapRepaint()

void ME_RewrapRepaint ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 142 of file paint.c.

{
  /* RewrapRepaint should be called whenever the control has changed in
   * looks, but not content. Like resizing. */
  
  ME_MarkAllForWrapping(editor);
  ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs(editor);
  ME_UpdateScrollBar(editor);
  ME_Repaint(editor);
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage(), and ME_SetZoom().

◆ ME_RowNumberFromCharOfs()

int ME_RowNumberFromCharOfs	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	nOfs
	)

Definition at line 64 of file row.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *item = ME_FindItemFwd(editor->pBuffer->pFirst, diParagraph);
  int nRow = 0;
 
  while (item->type == diParagraph &&
         item->member.para.next_para->member.para.nCharOfs <= nOfs)
  {
    nRow += item->member.para.nRows;
    item = item->member.para.next_para;
  }
  if (item->type == diParagraph)
  {
    ME_DisplayItem *next_para = item->member.para.next_para;
 
    nOfs -= item->member.para.nCharOfs;
    item = ME_FindItemFwd(item, diRun);
    while ((item = ME_FindItemFwd(item, diStartRowOrParagraph)) != NULL)
    {
      if (item == next_para)
        break;
      item = ME_FindItemFwd(item, diRun);
      if (item->member.run.nCharOfs > nOfs)
        break;
      nRow++;
    }
  }
  return nRow;
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_RowStart()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_RowStart ( ME_DisplayItem * item )

Definition at line 31 of file row.c.

                                                  {
  return ME_FindItemBackOrHere(item, diStartRow);
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_RTFCharAttrHook()

void ME_RTFCharAttrHook ( struct _RTF_Info * info )

Definition at line 425 of file editor.c.

{
  CHARFORMAT2W fmt;
  fmt.cbSize = sizeof(fmt);
  fmt.dwMask = 0;
  fmt.dwEffects = 0;
 
  switch(info->rtfMinor)
  {
    case rtfPlain:
      /* FIXME add more flags once they're implemented */
      fmt.dwMask = CFM_BOLD | CFM_ITALIC | CFM_UNDERLINE | CFM_UNDERLINETYPE | CFM_STRIKEOUT |
          CFM_COLOR | CFM_BACKCOLOR | CFM_SIZE | CFM_WEIGHT;
      fmt.dwEffects = CFE_AUTOCOLOR | CFE_AUTOBACKCOLOR;
      fmt.yHeight = 12*20; /* 12pt */
      fmt.wWeight = FW_NORMAL;
      fmt.bUnderlineType = CFU_UNDERLINE;
      break;
    case rtfBold:
      fmt.dwMask = CFM_BOLD | CFM_WEIGHT;
      fmt.dwEffects = info->rtfParam ? CFE_BOLD : 0;
      fmt.wWeight = info->rtfParam ? FW_BOLD : FW_NORMAL;
      break;
    case rtfItalic:
      fmt.dwMask = CFM_ITALIC;
      fmt.dwEffects = info->rtfParam ? fmt.dwMask : 0;
      break;
    case rtfUnderline:
      fmt.dwMask = CFM_UNDERLINETYPE | CFM_UNDERLINE;
      fmt.bUnderlineType = CFU_UNDERLINE;
      fmt.dwEffects = info->rtfParam ? CFE_UNDERLINE : 0;
      break;
    case rtfDotUnderline:
      fmt.dwMask = CFM_UNDERLINETYPE | CFM_UNDERLINE;
      fmt.bUnderlineType = CFU_UNDERLINEDOTTED;
      fmt.dwEffects = info->rtfParam ? CFE_UNDERLINE : 0;
      break;
    case rtfDbUnderline:
      fmt.dwMask = CFM_UNDERLINETYPE | CFM_UNDERLINE;
      fmt.bUnderlineType = CFU_UNDERLINEDOUBLE;
      fmt.dwEffects = info->rtfParam ? CFE_UNDERLINE : 0;
      break;
    case rtfWordUnderline:
      fmt.dwMask = CFM_UNDERLINETYPE | CFM_UNDERLINE;
      fmt.bUnderlineType = CFU_UNDERLINEWORD;
      fmt.dwEffects = info->rtfParam ? CFE_UNDERLINE : 0;
      break;
    case rtfNoUnderline:
      fmt.dwMask = CFM_UNDERLINE;
      fmt.dwEffects = 0;
      break;
    case rtfStrikeThru:
      fmt.dwMask = CFM_STRIKEOUT;
      fmt.dwEffects = info->rtfParam ? fmt.dwMask : 0;
      break;
    case rtfSubScript:
    case rtfSuperScript:
    case rtfSubScrShrink:
    case rtfSuperScrShrink:
    case rtfNoSuperSub:
      fmt.dwMask = CFM_SUBSCRIPT|CFM_SUPERSCRIPT;
      if (info->rtfMinor == rtfSubScrShrink) fmt.dwEffects = CFE_SUBSCRIPT;
      if (info->rtfMinor == rtfSuperScrShrink) fmt.dwEffects = CFE_SUPERSCRIPT;
      if (info->rtfMinor == rtfNoSuperSub) fmt.dwEffects = 0;
      break;
    case rtfInvisible:
      fmt.dwMask = CFM_HIDDEN;
      fmt.dwEffects = info->rtfParam ? fmt.dwMask : 0;
      break;
    case rtfBackColor:
      fmt.dwMask = CFM_BACKCOLOR;
      fmt.dwEffects = 0;
      if (info->rtfParam == 0)
        fmt.dwEffects = CFE_AUTOBACKCOLOR;
      else if (info->rtfParam != rtfNoParam)
      {
        RTFColor *c = RTFGetColor(info, info->rtfParam);
        if (c && c->rtfCBlue >= 0)
          fmt.crBackColor = (c->rtfCBlue<<16)|(c->rtfCGreen<<8)|(c->rtfCRed);
        else
          fmt.dwEffects = CFE_AUTOBACKCOLOR;
      }
      break;
    case rtfForeColor:
      fmt.dwMask = CFM_COLOR;
      fmt.dwEffects = 0;
      if (info->rtfParam == 0)
        fmt.dwEffects = CFE_AUTOCOLOR;
      else if (info->rtfParam != rtfNoParam)
      {
        RTFColor *c = RTFGetColor(info, info->rtfParam);
        if (c && c->rtfCBlue >= 0)
          fmt.crTextColor = (c->rtfCBlue<<16)|(c->rtfCGreen<<8)|(c->rtfCRed);
        else {
          fmt.dwEffects = CFE_AUTOCOLOR;
        }
      }
      break;
    case rtfFontNum:
      if (info->rtfParam != rtfNoParam)
      {
        RTFFont *f = RTFGetFont(info, info->rtfParam);
        if (f)
        {
          MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, f->rtfFName, -1, fmt.szFaceName, ARRAY_SIZE(fmt.szFaceName));
          fmt.szFaceName[ARRAY_SIZE(fmt.szFaceName)-1] = '\0';
          fmt.bCharSet = f->rtfFCharSet;
          fmt.dwMask = CFM_FACE | CFM_CHARSET;
          fmt.bPitchAndFamily = f->rtfFPitch | (f->rtfFFamily << 4);
        }
      }
      break;
    case rtfFontSize:
      fmt.dwMask = CFM_SIZE;
      if (info->rtfParam != rtfNoParam)
        fmt.yHeight = info->rtfParam*10;
      break;
  }
  if (fmt.dwMask) {
    ME_Style *style2;
    RTFFlushOutputBuffer(info);
    /* FIXME too slow ? how come ? */
    style2 = ME_ApplyStyle(info->editor, info->style, &fmt);
    ME_ReleaseStyle(info->style);
    info->style = style2;
    info->styleChanged = TRUE;
  }
}

Referenced by ControlClass().

◆ ME_RTFParAttrHook()

void ME_RTFParAttrHook ( struct _RTF_Info * info )

Definition at line 556 of file editor.c.

{
  switch(info->rtfMinor)
  {
  case rtfParDef: /* restores default paragraph attributes */
    if (!info->editor->bEmulateVersion10) /* v4.1 */
      info->borderType = RTFBorderParaLeft;
    else /* v1.0 - 3.0 */
      info->borderType = RTFBorderParaTop;
    info->fmt.dwMask = PFM_ALIGNMENT | PFM_BORDER | PFM_LINESPACING | PFM_TABSTOPS |
        PFM_OFFSET | PFM_RIGHTINDENT | PFM_SPACEAFTER | PFM_SPACEBEFORE |
        PFM_STARTINDENT | PFM_RTLPARA | PFM_NUMBERING | PFM_NUMBERINGSTART |
        PFM_NUMBERINGSTYLE | PFM_NUMBERINGTAB;
    /* TODO: shading */
    info->fmt.wAlignment = PFA_LEFT;
    info->fmt.cTabCount = 0;
    info->fmt.dxOffset = info->fmt.dxStartIndent = info->fmt.dxRightIndent = 0;
    info->fmt.wBorderWidth = info->fmt.wBorders = 0;
    info->fmt.wBorderSpace = 0;
    info->fmt.bLineSpacingRule = 0;
    info->fmt.dySpaceBefore = info->fmt.dySpaceAfter = 0;
    info->fmt.dyLineSpacing = 0;
    info->fmt.wEffects &= ~PFE_RTLPARA;
    info->fmt.wNumbering = 0;
    info->fmt.wNumberingStart = 0;
    info->fmt.wNumberingStyle = 0;
    info->fmt.wNumberingTab = 0;
 
    if (!info->editor->bEmulateVersion10) /* v4.1 */
    {
      if (info->tableDef && info->tableDef->tableRowStart &&
          info->tableDef->tableRowStart->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWEND)
      {
        ME_Cursor cursor;
        ME_DisplayItem *para;
        /* We are just after a table row. */
        RTFFlushOutputBuffer(info);
        cursor = info->editor->pCursors[0];
        para = cursor.pPara;
        if (para  == info->tableDef->tableRowStart->member.para.next_para
            && !cursor.nOffset && !cursor.pRun->member.run.nCharOfs)
        {
          /* Since the table row end, no text has been inserted, and the \intbl
           * control word has not be used.  We can confirm that we are not in a
           * table anymore.
           */
          info->tableDef->tableRowStart = NULL;
          info->canInheritInTbl = FALSE;
        }
      }
    } else { /* v1.0 - v3.0 */
      info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_TABLE;
      info->fmt.wEffects &= ~PFE_TABLE;
    }
    break;
  case rtfNestLevel:
    if (!info->editor->bEmulateVersion10) /* v4.1 */
    {
      while (info->rtfParam > info->nestingLevel) {
        RTFTable *tableDef = heap_alloc_zero(sizeof(*tableDef));
        tableDef->parent = info->tableDef;
        info->tableDef = tableDef;
 
        RTFFlushOutputBuffer(info);
        if (tableDef->tableRowStart &&
            tableDef->tableRowStart->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWEND)
        {
          ME_DisplayItem *para = tableDef->tableRowStart;
          para = para->member.para.next_para;
          para = ME_InsertTableRowStartAtParagraph(info->editor, para);
          tableDef->tableRowStart = para;
        } else {
          ME_Cursor cursor;
          WCHAR endl = '\r';
          cursor = info->editor->pCursors[0];
          if (cursor.nOffset || cursor.pRun->member.run.nCharOfs)
            ME_InsertTextFromCursor(info->editor, 0, &endl, 1, info->style);
          tableDef->tableRowStart = ME_InsertTableRowStartFromCursor(info->editor);
        }
 
        info->nestingLevel++;
      }
      info->canInheritInTbl = FALSE;
    }
    break;
  case rtfInTable:
  {
    if (!info->editor->bEmulateVersion10) /* v4.1 */
    {
      if (info->nestingLevel < 1)
      {
        RTFTable *tableDef;
        if (!info->tableDef)
            info->tableDef = heap_alloc_zero(sizeof(*info->tableDef));
        tableDef = info->tableDef;
        RTFFlushOutputBuffer(info);
        if (tableDef->tableRowStart &&
            tableDef->tableRowStart->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWEND)
        {
          ME_DisplayItem *para = tableDef->tableRowStart;
          para = para->member.para.next_para;
          para = ME_InsertTableRowStartAtParagraph(info->editor, para);
          tableDef->tableRowStart = para;
        } else {
          ME_Cursor cursor;
          WCHAR endl = '\r';
          cursor = info->editor->pCursors[0];
          if (cursor.nOffset || cursor.pRun->member.run.nCharOfs)
            ME_InsertTextFromCursor(info->editor, 0, &endl, 1, info->style);
          tableDef->tableRowStart = ME_InsertTableRowStartFromCursor(info->editor);
        }
        info->nestingLevel = 1;
        info->canInheritInTbl = TRUE;
      }
      return;
    } else { /* v1.0 - v3.0 */
      info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_TABLE;
      info->fmt.wEffects |= PFE_TABLE;
    }
    break;
  }
  case rtfFirstIndent:
  case rtfLeftIndent:
    if ((info->fmt.dwMask & (PFM_STARTINDENT | PFM_OFFSET)) != (PFM_STARTINDENT | PFM_OFFSET))
    {
      PARAFORMAT2 fmt;
      fmt.cbSize = sizeof(fmt);
      ME_GetSelectionParaFormat(info->editor, &fmt);
      info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_STARTINDENT | PFM_OFFSET;
      info->fmt.dxStartIndent = fmt.dxStartIndent;
      info->fmt.dxOffset = fmt.dxOffset;
    }
    if (info->rtfMinor == rtfFirstIndent)
    {
      info->fmt.dxStartIndent += info->fmt.dxOffset + info->rtfParam;
      info->fmt.dxOffset = -info->rtfParam;
    }
    else
      info->fmt.dxStartIndent = info->rtfParam - info->fmt.dxOffset;
    break;
  case rtfRightIndent:
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_RIGHTINDENT;
    info->fmt.dxRightIndent = info->rtfParam;
    break;
  case rtfQuadLeft:
  case rtfQuadJust:
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_ALIGNMENT;
    info->fmt.wAlignment = PFA_LEFT;
    break;
  case rtfQuadRight:
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_ALIGNMENT;
    info->fmt.wAlignment = PFA_RIGHT;
    break;
  case rtfQuadCenter:
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_ALIGNMENT;
    info->fmt.wAlignment = PFA_CENTER;
    break;
  case rtfTabPos:
    if (!(info->fmt.dwMask & PFM_TABSTOPS))
    {
      PARAFORMAT2 fmt;
      fmt.cbSize = sizeof(fmt);
      ME_GetSelectionParaFormat(info->editor, &fmt);
      memcpy(info->fmt.rgxTabs, fmt.rgxTabs,
             fmt.cTabCount * sizeof(fmt.rgxTabs[0]));
      info->fmt.cTabCount = fmt.cTabCount;
      info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_TABSTOPS;
    }
    if (info->fmt.cTabCount < MAX_TAB_STOPS && info->rtfParam < 0x1000000)
      info->fmt.rgxTabs[info->fmt.cTabCount++] = info->rtfParam;
    break;
  case rtfKeep:
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_KEEP;
    info->fmt.wEffects |= PFE_KEEP;
    break;
  case rtfNoWidowControl:
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_NOWIDOWCONTROL;
    info->fmt.wEffects |= PFE_NOWIDOWCONTROL;
    break;
  case rtfKeepNext:
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_KEEPNEXT;
    info->fmt.wEffects |= PFE_KEEPNEXT;
    break;
  case rtfSpaceAfter:
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_SPACEAFTER;
    info->fmt.dySpaceAfter = info->rtfParam;
    break;
  case rtfSpaceBefore:
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_SPACEBEFORE;
    info->fmt.dySpaceBefore = info->rtfParam;
    break;
  case rtfSpaceBetween:
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_LINESPACING;
    if ((int)info->rtfParam > 0)
    {
      info->fmt.dyLineSpacing = info->rtfParam;
      info->fmt.bLineSpacingRule = 3;
    }
    else
    {
      info->fmt.dyLineSpacing = info->rtfParam;
      info->fmt.bLineSpacingRule = 4;
    }
    break;
  case rtfSpaceMultiply:
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_LINESPACING;
    info->fmt.dyLineSpacing = info->rtfParam * 20;
    info->fmt.bLineSpacingRule = 5;
    break;
  case rtfParBullet:
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_NUMBERING;
    info->fmt.wNumbering = PFN_BULLET;
    break;
  case rtfParSimple:
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_NUMBERING;
    info->fmt.wNumbering = 2; /* FIXME: MSDN says it's not used ?? */
    break;
  case rtfBorderLeft:
    info->borderType = RTFBorderParaLeft;
    info->fmt.wBorders |= 1;
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_BORDER;
    break;
  case rtfBorderRight:
    info->borderType = RTFBorderParaRight;
    info->fmt.wBorders |= 2;
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_BORDER;
    break;
  case rtfBorderTop:
    info->borderType = RTFBorderParaTop;
    info->fmt.wBorders |= 4;
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_BORDER;
    break;
  case rtfBorderBottom:
    info->borderType = RTFBorderParaBottom;
    info->fmt.wBorders |= 8;
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_BORDER;
    break;
  case rtfBorderSingle:
    info->fmt.wBorders &= ~0x700;
    info->fmt.wBorders |= 1 << 8;
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_BORDER;
    break;
  case rtfBorderThick:
    info->fmt.wBorders &= ~0x700;
    info->fmt.wBorders |= 2 << 8;
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_BORDER;
    break;
  case rtfBorderShadow:
    info->fmt.wBorders &= ~0x700;
    info->fmt.wBorders |= 10 << 8;
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_BORDER;
    break;
  case rtfBorderDouble:
    info->fmt.wBorders &= ~0x700;
    info->fmt.wBorders |= 7 << 8;
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_BORDER;
    break;
  case rtfBorderDot:
    info->fmt.wBorders &= ~0x700;
    info->fmt.wBorders |= 11 << 8;
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_BORDER;
    break;
  case rtfBorderWidth:
  {
    int borderSide = info->borderType & RTFBorderSideMask;
    RTFTable *tableDef = info->tableDef;
    if ((info->borderType & RTFBorderTypeMask) == RTFBorderTypeCell)
    {
      RTFBorder *border;
      if (!tableDef || tableDef->numCellsDefined >= MAX_TABLE_CELLS)
        break;
      border = &tableDef->cells[tableDef->numCellsDefined].border[borderSide];
      border->width = info->rtfParam;
      break;
    }
    info->fmt.wBorderWidth = info->rtfParam;
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_BORDER;
    break;
  }
  case rtfBorderSpace:
    info->fmt.wBorderSpace = info->rtfParam;
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_BORDER;
    break;
  case rtfBorderColor:
  {
    RTFTable *tableDef = info->tableDef;
    int borderSide = info->borderType & RTFBorderSideMask;
    int borderType = info->borderType & RTFBorderTypeMask;
    switch(borderType)
    {
    case RTFBorderTypePara:
      if (!info->editor->bEmulateVersion10) /* v4.1 */
        break;
      /* v1.0 - 3.0 treat paragraph and row borders the same. */
    case RTFBorderTypeRow:
      if (tableDef) {
        tableDef->border[borderSide].color = info->rtfParam;
      }
      break;
    case RTFBorderTypeCell:
      if (tableDef && tableDef->numCellsDefined < MAX_TABLE_CELLS) {
        tableDef->cells[tableDef->numCellsDefined].border[borderSide].color = info->rtfParam;
      }
      break;
    }
    break;
  }
  case rtfRTLPar:
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_RTLPARA;
    info->fmt.wEffects |= PFE_RTLPARA;
    break;
  case rtfLTRPar:
    info->fmt.dwMask |= PFM_RTLPARA;
    info->fmt.wEffects &= ~PFE_RTLPARA;
    break;
  }
}

Referenced by ControlClass().

◆ ME_RTFSpecialCharHook()

void ME_RTFSpecialCharHook ( struct _RTF_Info * info )

Definition at line 948 of file editor.c.

{
  RTFTable *tableDef = info->tableDef;
  switch (info->rtfMinor)
  {
    case rtfNestCell:
      if (info->editor->bEmulateVersion10) /* v1.0 - v3.0 */
        break;
      /* else fall through since v4.1 treats rtfNestCell and rtfCell the same */
    case rtfCell:
      if (!tableDef)
        break;
      RTFFlushOutputBuffer(info);
      if (!info->editor->bEmulateVersion10) { /* v4.1 */
        if (tableDef->tableRowStart)
        {
          if (!info->nestingLevel &&
              tableDef->tableRowStart->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWEND)
          {
            ME_DisplayItem *para = tableDef->tableRowStart;
            para = para->member.para.next_para;
            para = ME_InsertTableRowStartAtParagraph(info->editor, para);
            tableDef->tableRowStart = para;
            info->nestingLevel = 1;
          }
          ME_InsertTableCellFromCursor(info->editor);
        }
      } else { /* v1.0 - v3.0 */
        ME_DisplayItem *para = info->editor->pCursors[0].pPara;
        PARAFORMAT2 *pFmt = &para->member.para.fmt;
        if (pFmt->dwMask & PFM_TABLE && pFmt->wEffects & PFE_TABLE &&
            tableDef->numCellsInserted < tableDef->numCellsDefined)
        {
          WCHAR tab = '\t';
          ME_InsertTextFromCursor(info->editor, 0, &tab, 1, info->style);
          tableDef->numCellsInserted++;
        }
      }
      break;
    case rtfNestRow:
      if (info->editor->bEmulateVersion10) /* v1.0 - v3.0 */
        break;
      /* else fall through since v4.1 treats rtfNestRow and rtfRow the same */
    case rtfRow:
    {
      ME_DisplayItem *para, *cell, *run;
      int i;
 
      if (!tableDef)
        break;
      RTFFlushOutputBuffer(info);
      if (!info->editor->bEmulateVersion10) { /* v4.1 */
        if (!tableDef->tableRowStart)
          break;
        if (!info->nestingLevel &&
            tableDef->tableRowStart->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWEND)
        {
          para = tableDef->tableRowStart;
          para = para->member.para.next_para;
          para = ME_InsertTableRowStartAtParagraph(info->editor, para);
          tableDef->tableRowStart = para;
          info->nestingLevel++;
        }
        para = tableDef->tableRowStart;
        cell = ME_FindItemFwd(para, diCell);
        assert(cell && !cell->member.cell.prev_cell);
        if (tableDef->numCellsDefined < 1)
        {
          /* 2000 twips appears to be the cell size that native richedit uses
           * when no cell sizes are specified. */
          const int defaultCellSize = 2000;
          int nRightBoundary = defaultCellSize;
          cell->member.cell.nRightBoundary = nRightBoundary;
          while (cell->member.cell.next_cell) {
            cell = cell->member.cell.next_cell;
            nRightBoundary += defaultCellSize;
            cell->member.cell.nRightBoundary = nRightBoundary;
          }
          para = ME_InsertTableCellFromCursor(info->editor);
          cell = para->member.para.pCell;
          cell->member.cell.nRightBoundary = nRightBoundary;
        } else {
          for (i = 0; i < tableDef->numCellsDefined; i++)
          {
            RTFCell *cellDef = &tableDef->cells[i];
            cell->member.cell.nRightBoundary = cellDef->rightBoundary;
            ME_ApplyBorderProperties(info, &cell->member.cell.border,
                                     cellDef->border);
            cell = cell->member.cell.next_cell;
            if (!cell)
            {
              para = ME_InsertTableCellFromCursor(info->editor);
              cell = para->member.para.pCell;
            }
          }
          /* Cell for table row delimiter is empty */
          cell->member.cell.nRightBoundary = tableDef->cells[i-1].rightBoundary;
        }
 
        run = ME_FindItemFwd(cell, diRun);
        if (info->editor->pCursors[0].pRun != run ||
            info->editor->pCursors[0].nOffset)
        {
          int nOfs, nChars;
          /* Delete inserted cells that aren't defined. */
          info->editor->pCursors[1].pRun = run;
          info->editor->pCursors[1].pPara = ME_GetParagraph(run);
          info->editor->pCursors[1].nOffset = 0;
          nOfs = ME_GetCursorOfs(&info->editor->pCursors[1]);
          nChars = ME_GetCursorOfs(&info->editor->pCursors[0]) - nOfs;
          ME_InternalDeleteText(info->editor, &info->editor->pCursors[1],
                                nChars, TRUE);
        }
 
        para = ME_InsertTableRowEndFromCursor(info->editor);
        para->member.para.fmt.dxOffset = abs(info->tableDef->gapH);
        para->member.para.fmt.dxStartIndent = info->tableDef->leftEdge;
        ME_ApplyBorderProperties(info, &para->member.para.border,
                                 tableDef->border);
        info->nestingLevel--;
        if (!info->nestingLevel)
        {
          if (info->canInheritInTbl) {
            tableDef->tableRowStart = para;
          } else {
            while (info->tableDef) {
              tableDef = info->tableDef;
              info->tableDef = tableDef->parent;
              heap_free(tableDef);
            }
          }
        } else {
          info->tableDef = tableDef->parent;
          heap_free(tableDef);
        }
      } else { /* v1.0 - v3.0 */
        WCHAR endl = '\r';
        ME_DisplayItem *para = info->editor->pCursors[0].pPara;
        PARAFORMAT2 *pFmt = &para->member.para.fmt;
        pFmt->dxOffset = info->tableDef->gapH;
        pFmt->dxStartIndent = info->tableDef->leftEdge;
 
        ME_ApplyBorderProperties(info, &para->member.para.border,
                                 tableDef->border);
        while (tableDef->numCellsInserted < tableDef->numCellsDefined)
        {
          WCHAR tab = '\t';
          ME_InsertTextFromCursor(info->editor, 0, &tab, 1, info->style);
          tableDef->numCellsInserted++;
        }
        pFmt->cTabCount = min(tableDef->numCellsDefined, MAX_TAB_STOPS);
        if (!tableDef->numCellsDefined)
          pFmt->wEffects &= ~PFE_TABLE;
        ME_InsertTextFromCursor(info->editor, 0, &endl, 1, info->style);
        tableDef->numCellsInserted = 0;
      }
      break;
    }
    case rtfTab:
    case rtfPar:
      if (info->editor->bEmulateVersion10) { /* v1.0 - 3.0 */
        ME_DisplayItem *para;
        PARAFORMAT2 *pFmt;
        RTFFlushOutputBuffer(info);
        para = info->editor->pCursors[0].pPara;
        pFmt = &para->member.para.fmt;
        if (pFmt->dwMask & PFM_TABLE && pFmt->wEffects & PFE_TABLE)
        {
          /* rtfPar is treated like a space within a table. */
          info->rtfClass = rtfText;
          info->rtfMajor = ' ';
        }
        else if (info->rtfMinor == rtfPar && tableDef)
          tableDef->numCellsInserted = 0;
      }
      break;
  }
}

Referenced by ControlClass(), and ME_StreamIn().

◆ ME_RTFTblAttrHook()

void ME_RTFTblAttrHook ( struct _RTF_Info * info )

Definition at line 874 of file editor.c.

{
  switch (info->rtfMinor)
  {
    case rtfRowDef:
    {
      if (!info->editor->bEmulateVersion10) /* v4.1 */
        info->borderType = 0; /* Not sure */
      else /* v1.0 - 3.0 */
        info->borderType = RTFBorderRowTop;
      if (!info->tableDef) {
        info->tableDef = ME_MakeTableDef(info->editor);
      } else {
        ME_InitTableDef(info->editor, info->tableDef);
      }
      break;
    }
    case rtfCellPos:
    {
      int cellNum;
      if (!info->tableDef)
      {
        info->tableDef = ME_MakeTableDef(info->editor);
      }
      cellNum = info->tableDef->numCellsDefined;
      if (cellNum >= MAX_TABLE_CELLS)
        break;
      info->tableDef->cells[cellNum].rightBoundary = info->rtfParam;
      if (cellNum < MAX_TAB_STOPS) {
        /* Tab stops were used to store cell positions before v4.1 but v4.1
         * still seems to set the tabstops without using them. */
        ME_DisplayItem *para = info->editor->pCursors[0].pPara;
        PARAFORMAT2 *pFmt = &para->member.para.fmt;
        pFmt->rgxTabs[cellNum] &= ~0x00FFFFFF;
        pFmt->rgxTabs[cellNum] |= 0x00FFFFFF & info->rtfParam;
      }
      info->tableDef->numCellsDefined++;
      break;
    }
    case rtfRowBordTop:
      info->borderType = RTFBorderRowTop;
      break;
    case rtfRowBordLeft:
      info->borderType = RTFBorderRowLeft;
      break;
    case rtfRowBordBottom:
      info->borderType = RTFBorderRowBottom;
      break;
    case rtfRowBordRight:
      info->borderType = RTFBorderRowRight;
      break;
    case rtfCellBordTop:
      info->borderType = RTFBorderCellTop;
      break;
    case rtfCellBordLeft:
      info->borderType = RTFBorderCellLeft;
      break;
    case rtfCellBordBottom:
      info->borderType = RTFBorderCellBottom;
      break;
    case rtfCellBordRight:
      info->borderType = RTFBorderCellRight;
      break;
    case rtfRowGapH:
      if (info->tableDef)
        info->tableDef->gapH = info->rtfParam;
      break;
    case rtfRowLeftEdge:
      if (info->tableDef)
        info->tableDef->leftEdge = info->rtfParam;
      break;
  }
}

Referenced by ControlClass().

◆ ME_RunOfsFromCharOfs()

void ME_RunOfsFromCharOfs	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	nCharOfs,
		ME_DisplayItem **	ppPara,
		ME_DisplayItem **	ppRun,
		int *	pOfs
	)

Definition at line 184 of file run.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *item, *next_item;
  int endOfs = nCharOfs, len = ME_GetTextLength(editor);
 
  nCharOfs = max(nCharOfs, 0);
  nCharOfs = min(nCharOfs, len);
 
  /* Find the paragraph at the offset. */
  next_item = editor->pBuffer->pFirst->member.para.next_para;
  do {
    item = next_item;
    next_item = item->member.para.next_para;
  } while (next_item->member.para.nCharOfs <= nCharOfs);
  assert(item->type == diParagraph);
  nCharOfs -= item->member.para.nCharOfs;
  if (ppPara) *ppPara = item;
 
  /* Find the run at the offset. */
  next_item = ME_FindItemFwd(item, diRun);
  do {
    item = next_item;
    next_item = ME_FindItemFwd(item, diRunOrParagraphOrEnd);
  } while (next_item->type == diRun &&
           next_item->member.run.nCharOfs <= nCharOfs);
  assert(item->type == diRun);
  nCharOfs -= item->member.run.nCharOfs;
 
  if (ppRun) *ppRun = item;
  if (pOfs) {
    if (((*ppRun)->member.run.nFlags & MERF_ENDPARA) && endOfs > len)
      *pOfs = (*ppRun)->member.run.len;
    else *pOfs = nCharOfs;
  }
}

Referenced by ME_CursorFromCharOfs(), and ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_SaveTempStyle()

void ME_SaveTempStyle	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_Style *	style
	)

Definition at line 514 of file style.c.

{
  ME_Style *old_style = editor->pBuffer->pCharStyle;
 
  if (style) ME_AddRefStyle( style );
  editor->pBuffer->pCharStyle = style;
  if (old_style) ME_ReleaseStyle( old_style );
}

Referenced by handle_enter(), and ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_ScrollAbs()

void ME_ScrollAbs	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	x,
		int	y
	)

Definition at line 1043 of file paint.c.

{
  BOOL bScrollBarIsVisible, bScrollBarWillBeVisible;
  int scrollX = 0, scrollY = 0;
 
  if (editor->horz_si.nPos != x) {
    x = min(x, editor->horz_si.nMax);
    x = max(x, editor->horz_si.nMin);
    scrollX = editor->horz_si.nPos - x;
    editor->horz_si.nPos = x;
    if (editor->horz_si.nMax > 0xFFFF) /* scale to 16-bit value */
      x = MulDiv(x, 0xFFFF, editor->horz_si.nMax);
    ITextHost_TxSetScrollPos(editor->texthost, SB_HORZ, x, TRUE);
  }
 
  if (editor->vert_si.nPos != y) {
    y = min(y, editor->vert_si.nMax - (int)editor->vert_si.nPage);
    y = max(y, editor->vert_si.nMin);
    scrollY = editor->vert_si.nPos - y;
    editor->vert_si.nPos = y;
    if (editor->vert_si.nMax > 0xFFFF) /* scale to 16-bit value */
      y = MulDiv(y, 0xFFFF, editor->vert_si.nMax);
    ITextHost_TxSetScrollPos(editor->texthost, SB_VERT, y, TRUE);
  }
 
  if (abs(scrollX) > editor->sizeWindow.cx ||
      abs(scrollY) > editor->sizeWindow.cy)
    ITextHost_TxInvalidateRect(editor->texthost, NULL, TRUE);
  else
    ITextHost_TxScrollWindowEx(editor->texthost, scrollX, scrollY,
                               &editor->rcFormat, &editor->rcFormat,
                               NULL, NULL, SW_INVALIDATE);
  ME_Repaint(editor);
 
  if (editor->hWnd)
  {
    LONG winStyle = GetWindowLongW(editor->hWnd, GWL_STYLE);
    if (editor->styleFlags & WS_HSCROLL)
    {
      bScrollBarIsVisible = (winStyle & WS_HSCROLL) != 0;
      bScrollBarWillBeVisible = (editor->nTotalWidth > editor->sizeWindow.cx
                                 && (editor->styleFlags & WS_HSCROLL))
                                || (editor->styleFlags & ES_DISABLENOSCROLL);
      if (bScrollBarIsVisible != bScrollBarWillBeVisible)
        ITextHost_TxShowScrollBar(editor->texthost, SB_HORZ,
                                  bScrollBarWillBeVisible);
    }
 
    if (editor->styleFlags & WS_VSCROLL)
    {
      bScrollBarIsVisible = (winStyle & WS_VSCROLL) != 0;
      bScrollBarWillBeVisible = (editor->nTotalLength > editor->sizeWindow.cy
                                 && (editor->styleFlags & WS_VSCROLL)
                                 && (editor->styleFlags & ES_MULTILINE))
                                || (editor->styleFlags & ES_DISABLENOSCROLL);
      if (bScrollBarIsVisible != bScrollBarWillBeVisible)
        ITextHost_TxShowScrollBar(editor->texthost, SB_VERT,
                                  bScrollBarWillBeVisible);
    }
  }
  ME_UpdateScrollBar(editor);
}

Referenced by ITextRange_fnScrollIntoView(), ME_EnsureVisible(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_HScrollAbs(), and ME_VScrollAbs().

◆ ME_ScrollDown()

void ME_ScrollDown	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	cy
	)

Definition at line 1121 of file paint.c.

{
  ME_VScrollAbs(editor, editor->vert_si.nPos + cy);
}

Referenced by ME_ArrowPageDown(), and ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_ScrollLeft()

void ME_ScrollLeft	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	cx
	)

Definition at line 1126 of file paint.c.

{
  ME_HScrollAbs(editor, editor->horz_si.nPos - cx);
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_ScrollRight()

void ME_ScrollRight	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	cx
	)

Definition at line 1131 of file paint.c.

{
  ME_HScrollAbs(editor, editor->horz_si.nPos + cx);
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_ScrollUp()

void ME_ScrollUp	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	cy
	)

Definition at line 1116 of file paint.c.

{
  ME_VScrollAbs(editor, editor->vert_si.nPos - cy);
}

Referenced by ME_ArrowPageUp(), and ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_SendOldNotify()

void ME_SendOldNotify	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	nCode
	)

Definition at line 5175 of file editor.c.

{
  ITextHost_TxNotify(editor->texthost, nCode, NULL);
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage(), ME_UpdateRepaint(), and RichEditWndProc_common().

◆ ME_SendRequestResize()

void ME_SendRequestResize	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		BOOL	force
	)

Definition at line 1198 of file wrap.c.

{
  if (editor->nEventMask & ENM_REQUESTRESIZE)
  {
    RECT rc;
 
    ITextHost_TxGetClientRect(editor->texthost, &rc);
 
    if (force || rc.bottom != editor->nTotalLength)
    {
      REQRESIZE info;
 
      info.nmhdr.hwndFrom = NULL;
      info.nmhdr.idFrom = 0;
      info.nmhdr.code = EN_REQUESTRESIZE;
      info.rc = rc;
      info.rc.right = editor->nTotalWidth;
      info.rc.bottom = editor->nTotalLength;
 
      editor->nEventMask &= ~ENM_REQUESTRESIZE;
      ITextHost_TxNotify(editor->texthost, info.nmhdr.code, &info);
      editor->nEventMask |= ENM_REQUESTRESIZE;
    }
  }
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage(), ME_KeyDown(), ME_PaintContent(), and ME_StreamIn().

◆ ME_SendSelChange()

void ME_SendSelChange ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 1598 of file caret.c.

{
  SELCHANGE sc;
 
  sc.nmhdr.hwndFrom = NULL;
  sc.nmhdr.idFrom = 0;
  sc.nmhdr.code = EN_SELCHANGE;
  ME_GetSelectionOfs(editor, &sc.chrg.cpMin, &sc.chrg.cpMax);
  sc.seltyp = SEL_EMPTY;
  if (sc.chrg.cpMin != sc.chrg.cpMax)
    sc.seltyp |= SEL_TEXT;
  if (sc.chrg.cpMin < sc.chrg.cpMax+1) /* what were RICHEDIT authors thinking ? */
    sc.seltyp |= SEL_MULTICHAR;
 
  if (sc.chrg.cpMin != editor->notified_cr.cpMin || sc.chrg.cpMax != editor->notified_cr.cpMax)
  {
    ME_ClearTempStyle(editor);
 
    editor->notified_cr = sc.chrg;
 
    if (editor->nEventMask & ENM_SELCHANGE)
    {
      TRACE("cpMin=%d cpMax=%d seltyp=%d (%s %s)\n",
            sc.chrg.cpMin, sc.chrg.cpMax, sc.seltyp,
            (sc.seltyp & SEL_TEXT) ? "SEL_TEXT" : "",
            (sc.seltyp & SEL_MULTICHAR) ? "SEL_MULTICHAR" : "");
      ITextHost_TxNotify(editor->texthost, sc.nmhdr.code, &sc);
    }
  }
}

Referenced by ME_ArrowKey(), ME_LButtonDown(), ME_MouseMove(), ME_StreamIn(), ME_TabPressedInTable(), ME_UpdateRepaint(), and set_selection().

◆ ME_SetCharFormat()

void ME_SetCharFormat	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_Cursor *	start,
		ME_Cursor *	end,
		CHARFORMAT2W *	pFmt
	)

Definition at line 725 of file run.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *run, *start_run = start->pRun, *end_run = NULL;
 
  if (end && start->pRun == end->pRun && start->nOffset == end->nOffset)
    return;
 
  if (start->nOffset == start->pRun->member.run.len)
    start_run = ME_FindItemFwd( start->pRun, diRun );
  else if (start->nOffset)
  {
    /* SplitRunSimple may or may not update the cursors, depending on whether they
     * are selection cursors, but we need to make sure they are valid. */
    int split_offset = start->nOffset;
    ME_DisplayItem *split_run = ME_SplitRunSimple(editor, start);
    start_run = start->pRun;
    if (end && end->pRun == split_run)
    {
      end->pRun = start->pRun;
      end->nOffset -= split_offset;
    }
  }
 
  if (end)
  {
    if (end->nOffset == end->pRun->member.run.len)
      end_run = ME_FindItemFwd( end->pRun, diRun );
    else
    {
      if (end->nOffset) ME_SplitRunSimple(editor, end);
      end_run = end->pRun;
    }
  }
 
  for (run = start_run; run != end_run; run = ME_FindItemFwd( run, diRun ))
  {
    ME_Style *new_style = ME_ApplyStyle(editor, run->member.run.style, pFmt);
    ME_Paragraph *para = run->member.run.para;
 
    add_undo_set_char_fmt( editor, run->member.run.para->nCharOfs + run->member.run.nCharOfs,
                           run->member.run.len, &run->member.run.style->fmt );
    ME_ReleaseStyle(run->member.run.style);
    run->member.run.style = new_style;
 
    /* The para numbering style depends on the eop style */
    if ((run->member.run.nFlags & MERF_ENDPARA) && para->para_num.style)
    {
      ME_ReleaseStyle(para->para_num.style);
      para->para_num.style = NULL;
    }
    mark_para_rewrap(editor, get_di_from_para(para));
  }
}

Referenced by handle_EM_SETCHARFORMAT(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_JoinParagraphs(), ME_PlayUndoItem(), ME_SetSelectionCharFormat(), ME_UpdateLinkAttribute(), set_textfont_prop(), and textrange_set_font().

◆ ME_SetCursorToStart()

void ME_SetCursorToStart	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_Cursor *	cursor
	)

Definition at line 27 of file caret.c.

{
  cursor->pPara = editor->pBuffer->pFirst->member.para.next_para;
  cursor->pRun = ME_FindItemFwd(cursor->pPara, diRun);
  cursor->nOffset = 0;
}

Referenced by fnTextSrv_TxSetText(), handle_EM_SETCHARFORMAT(), ME_ArrowCtrlHome(), ME_ArrowPageUp(), ME_GetTextEx(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_MakeEditor(), ME_MoveCursorChars(), ME_MoveCursorLines(), ME_SelectByType(), ME_StreamOut(), ME_WmCreate(), and set_selection_cursors().

◆ ME_SetDefaultCharFormat()

void ME_SetDefaultCharFormat	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		CHARFORMAT2W *	mod
	)

Definition at line 540 of file style.c.

{
    ME_Style *style, *def = editor->pBuffer->pDefaultStyle;
 
    assert(mod->cbSize == sizeof(CHARFORMAT2W));
    style = ME_ApplyStyle(editor, def, mod);
    def->fmt = style->fmt;
    def->tm = style->tm;
    if (def->font_cache)
    {
        release_font_cache( def->font_cache );
        def->font_cache = NULL;
    }
    ScriptFreeCache( &def->script_cache );
    ME_ReleaseStyle( style );
    ME_MarkAllForWrapping( editor );
}

Referenced by handle_EM_SETCHARFORMAT(), ME_HandleMessage(), and ME_MakeFirstParagraph().

◆ ME_SetDefaultParaFormat()

void ME_SetDefaultParaFormat	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		PARAFORMAT2 *	pFmt
	)

Definition at line 992 of file para.c.

{
    const PARAFORMAT2 *host_fmt;
    HRESULT hr;
 
    ZeroMemory(pFmt, sizeof(PARAFORMAT2));
    pFmt->cbSize = sizeof(PARAFORMAT2);
    pFmt->dwMask = PFM_ALL2;
    pFmt->wAlignment = PFA_LEFT;
    pFmt->sStyle = -1;
    pFmt->bOutlineLevel = TRUE;
 
    hr = ITextHost_TxGetParaFormat( editor->texthost, (const PARAFORMAT **)&host_fmt );
    if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
    {
        /* Just use the alignment for now */
        if (host_fmt->dwMask & PFM_ALIGNMENT)
            pFmt->wAlignment = host_fmt->wAlignment;
        ITextHost_OnTxParaFormatChange( editor->texthost, (PARAFORMAT *)pFmt );
    }
}

Referenced by handle_enter(), make_para(), ME_InternalDeleteText(), and ME_StreamIn().

◆ ME_SetSelectionCharFormat()

void ME_SetSelectionCharFormat	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		CHARFORMAT2W *	pFmt
	)

Definition at line 696 of file run.c.

{
  if (!ME_IsSelection(editor))
  {
    ME_Style *s;
    if (!editor->pBuffer->pCharStyle)
      editor->pBuffer->pCharStyle = ME_GetInsertStyle(editor, 0);
    s = ME_ApplyStyle(editor, editor->pBuffer->pCharStyle, pFmt);
    ME_ReleaseStyle(editor->pBuffer->pCharStyle);
    editor->pBuffer->pCharStyle = s;
  } else {
    ME_Cursor *from, *to;
    ME_GetSelection(editor, &from, &to);
    ME_SetCharFormat(editor, from, to, pFmt);
  }
}

Referenced by handle_EM_SETCHARFORMAT(), ME_HandleMessage(), and ME_StreamIn().

◆ ME_SetSelectionParaFormat()

BOOL ME_SetSelectionParaFormat	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		const PARAFORMAT2 *	pFmt
	)

Definition at line 907 of file para.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *para, *para_end;
 
  ME_GetSelectionParas(editor, &para, &para_end);
 
  do {
    ME_SetParaFormat(editor, &para->member.para, pFmt);
    if (para == para_end)
      break;
    para = para->member.para.next_para;
  } while(1);
 
  return TRUE;
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage(), and SpecialChar().

◆ ME_SetZoom()

BOOL ME_SetZoom	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	numerator,
		int	denominator
	)

Definition at line 1373 of file paint.c.

{
  /* TODO: Zoom images and objects */
 
  if (numerator == 0 && denominator == 0)
  {
    editor->nZoomNumerator = editor->nZoomDenominator = 0;
    return TRUE;
  }
  if (numerator <= 0 || denominator <= 0)
    return FALSE;
  if (numerator * 64 <= denominator || numerator / denominator >= 64)
    return FALSE;
 
  editor->nZoomNumerator = numerator;
  editor->nZoomDenominator = denominator;
 
  ME_RewrapRepaint(editor);
  return TRUE;
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_SkipAndPropagateCharOffset()

void ME_SkipAndPropagateCharOffset	(	ME_DisplayItem *	p,
		int	shift
	)

Definition at line 46 of file run.c.

{
  p = ME_FindItemFwd(p, diRunOrParagraphOrEnd);
  assert(p);
  ME_PropagateCharOffset(p, shift);
}

Referenced by ME_InternalDeleteText().

◆ ME_SplitParagraph()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_SplitParagraph	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_DisplayItem *	rp,
		ME_Style *	style,
		const WCHAR *	eol_str,
		int	eol_len,
		int	paraFlags
	)

Definition at line 545 of file para.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *next_para = NULL;
  ME_DisplayItem *run_para = NULL;
  ME_DisplayItem *new_para = make_para(editor);
  ME_DisplayItem *end_run;
  int ofs, i;
  ME_DisplayItem *pp;
  int run_flags = MERF_ENDPARA;
 
  if (!editor->bEmulateVersion10) { /* v4.1 */
    /* At most 1 of MEPF_CELL, MEPF_ROWSTART, or MEPF_ROWEND should be set. */
    assert(!(paraFlags & ~(MEPF_CELL|MEPF_ROWSTART|MEPF_ROWEND)));
    assert(!(paraFlags & (paraFlags-1)));
    if (paraFlags == MEPF_CELL)
      run_flags |= MERF_ENDCELL;
    else if (paraFlags == MEPF_ROWSTART)
      run_flags |= MERF_TABLESTART|MERF_HIDDEN;
  } else { /* v1.0 - v3.0 */
    assert(!(paraFlags & (MEPF_CELL|MEPF_ROWSTART|MEPF_ROWEND)));
  }
  assert(run->type == diRun);
  run_para = ME_GetParagraph(run);
  assert(run_para->member.para.fmt.cbSize == sizeof(PARAFORMAT2));
 
  /* Clear any cached para numbering following this paragraph */
  if (run_para->member.para.fmt.wNumbering)
      para_num_clear_list( editor, &run_para->member.para, &run_para->member.para.fmt );
 
  new_para->member.para.text = ME_VSplitString( run_para->member.para.text, run->member.run.nCharOfs );
 
  end_run = ME_MakeRun(style, run_flags);
  ofs = end_run->member.run.nCharOfs = run->member.run.nCharOfs;
  end_run->member.run.len = eol_len;
  end_run->member.run.para = run->member.run.para;
  ME_AppendString( run_para->member.para.text, eol_str, eol_len );
  next_para = run_para->member.para.next_para;
  assert(next_para == ME_FindItemFwd(run_para, diParagraphOrEnd));
 
  add_undo_join_paras( editor, run_para->member.para.nCharOfs + ofs );
 
  /* Update selection cursors to point to the correct paragraph. */
  for (i = 0; i < editor->nCursors; i++) {
    if (editor->pCursors[i].pPara == run_para &&
        run->member.run.nCharOfs <= editor->pCursors[i].pRun->member.run.nCharOfs)
    {
      editor->pCursors[i].pPara = new_para;
    }
  }
 
  /* the new paragraph will have a different starting offset, so let's update its runs */
  pp = run;
  while(pp->type == diRun) {
    pp->member.run.nCharOfs -= ofs;
    pp->member.run.para = &new_para->member.para;
    pp = ME_FindItemFwd(pp, diRunOrParagraphOrEnd);
  }
  new_para->member.para.nCharOfs = run_para->member.para.nCharOfs + ofs;
  new_para->member.para.nCharOfs += eol_len;
  new_para->member.para.nFlags = 0;
  mark_para_rewrap(editor, new_para);
 
  /* FIXME initialize format style and call ME_SetParaFormat blah blah */
  new_para->member.para.fmt = run_para->member.para.fmt;
  new_para->member.para.border = run_para->member.para.border;
 
  /* insert paragraph into paragraph double linked list */
  new_para->member.para.prev_para = run_para;
  new_para->member.para.next_para = next_para;
  run_para->member.para.next_para = new_para;
  next_para->member.para.prev_para = new_para;
 
  /* insert end run of the old paragraph, and new paragraph, into DI double linked list */
  ME_InsertBefore(run, new_para);
  ME_InsertBefore(new_para, end_run);
 
  /* Fix up the paras' eop_run ptrs */
  new_para->member.para.eop_run = run_para->member.para.eop_run;
  run_para->member.para.eop_run = &end_run->member.run;
 
  if (!editor->bEmulateVersion10) { /* v4.1 */
    if (paraFlags & (MEPF_ROWSTART|MEPF_CELL))
    {
      ME_DisplayItem *cell = ME_MakeDI(diCell);
      ME_InsertBefore(new_para, cell);
      new_para->member.para.pCell = cell;
      cell->member.cell.next_cell = NULL;
      if (paraFlags & MEPF_ROWSTART)
      {
        run_para->member.para.nFlags |= MEPF_ROWSTART;
        cell->member.cell.prev_cell = NULL;
        cell->member.cell.parent_cell = run_para->member.para.pCell;
        if (run_para->member.para.pCell)
          cell->member.cell.nNestingLevel = run_para->member.para.pCell->member.cell.nNestingLevel + 1;
        else
          cell->member.cell.nNestingLevel = 1;
      } else {
        cell->member.cell.prev_cell = run_para->member.para.pCell;
        assert(cell->member.cell.prev_cell);
        cell->member.cell.prev_cell->member.cell.next_cell = cell;
        assert(run_para->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_CELL);
        assert(!(run_para->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWSTART));
        cell->member.cell.nNestingLevel = cell->member.cell.prev_cell->member.cell.nNestingLevel;
        cell->member.cell.parent_cell = cell->member.cell.prev_cell->member.cell.parent_cell;
      }
    } else if (paraFlags & MEPF_ROWEND) {
      run_para->member.para.nFlags |= MEPF_ROWEND;
      run_para->member.para.pCell = run_para->member.para.pCell->member.cell.parent_cell;
      new_para->member.para.pCell = run_para->member.para.pCell;
      assert(run_para->member.para.prev_para->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_CELL);
      assert(!(run_para->member.para.prev_para->member.para.nFlags & MEPF_ROWSTART));
      if (new_para->member.para.pCell != new_para->member.para.next_para->member.para.pCell
          && new_para->member.para.next_para->member.para.pCell
          && !new_para->member.para.next_para->member.para.pCell->member.cell.prev_cell)
      {
        /* Row starts just after the row that was ended. */
        new_para->member.para.nFlags |= MEPF_ROWSTART;
      }
    } else {
      new_para->member.para.pCell = run_para->member.para.pCell;
    }
    ME_UpdateTableFlags(run_para);
    ME_UpdateTableFlags(new_para);
  }
 
  /* force rewrap of the */
  if (run_para->member.para.prev_para->type == diParagraph)
    mark_para_rewrap(editor, run_para->member.para.prev_para);
 
  mark_para_rewrap(editor, new_para->member.para.prev_para);
 
  /* we've added the end run, so we need to modify nCharOfs in the next paragraphs */
  ME_PropagateCharOffset(next_para, eol_len);
  editor->nParagraphs++;
 
  return new_para;
}

Referenced by ME_InsertEndParaFromCursor(), ME_InsertTextFromCursor(), and ME_PlayUndoItem().

◆ ME_SplitRunSimple()

ME_DisplayItem * ME_SplitRunSimple	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_Cursor *	cursor
	)

Definition at line 258 of file run.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *run = cursor->pRun;
  ME_DisplayItem *new_run;
  int i;
  int nOffset = cursor->nOffset;
 
  assert(!(run->member.run.nFlags & MERF_NONTEXT));
 
  new_run = ME_MakeRun(run->member.run.style,
                       run->member.run.nFlags & MERF_SPLITMASK);
  new_run->member.run.nCharOfs = run->member.run.nCharOfs + nOffset;
  new_run->member.run.len = run->member.run.len - nOffset;
  new_run->member.run.para = run->member.run.para;
  run->member.run.len = nOffset;
  cursor->pRun = new_run;
  cursor->nOffset = 0;
 
  ME_InsertBefore(run->next, new_run);
 
  ME_UpdateRunFlags(editor, &run->member.run);
  ME_UpdateRunFlags(editor, &new_run->member.run);
  for (i = 0; i < editor->nCursors; i++) {
    if (editor->pCursors[i].pRun == run &&
        editor->pCursors[i].nOffset >= nOffset) {
      editor->pCursors[i].pRun = new_run;
      editor->pCursors[i].nOffset -= nOffset;
    }
  }
  mark_para_rewrap(editor, cursor->pPara);
  return run;
}

Referenced by itemize_para(), ME_InsertEndParaFromCursor(), ME_InsertRunAtCursor(), ME_InsertTextFromCursor(), ME_PlayUndoItem(), ME_SetCharFormat(), and split_run_extents().

◆ ME_StrDeleteV()

void ME_StrDeleteV	(	ME_String *	s,
		int	nVChar,
		int	nChars
	)

Definition at line 147 of file string.c.

{
  int end_ofs = nVChar + nChars;
 
  assert(s->nBuffer); /* Not a const string */
  assert(nChars >= 0);
  assert(nVChar >= 0);
  assert(end_ofs <= s->nLen);
 
  memmove(s->szData + nVChar, s->szData + end_ofs,
          (s->nLen - end_ofs + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR));
  s->nLen -= nChars;
}

Referenced by ME_InternalDeleteText().

◆ ME_StreamInFill()

void ME_StreamInFill ( ME_InStream * stream )

Definition at line 1576 of file editor.c.

{
  stream->editstream->dwError = stream->editstream->pfnCallback(stream->editstream->dwCookie,
                                                                (BYTE *)stream->buffer,
                                                                sizeof(stream->buffer),
                                                                (LONG *)&stream->dwSize);
  stream->dwUsed = 0;
}

Referenced by _RTFGetChar(), ME_StreamIn(), and ME_StreamInText().

◆ ME_StreamOut()

LRESULT ME_StreamOut	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		DWORD	dwFormat,
		EDITSTREAM *	stream
	)

Definition at line 1179 of file writer.c.

{
  ME_Cursor start;
  int nChars;
 
  if (dwFormat & SFF_SELECTION) {
    int nStart, nTo;
    start = editor->pCursors[ME_GetSelectionOfs(editor, &nStart, &nTo)];
    nChars = nTo - nStart;
  } else {
    ME_SetCursorToStart(editor, &start);
    nChars = ME_GetTextLength(editor);
    /* Generate an end-of-paragraph at the end of SCF_ALL RTF output */
    if (dwFormat & SF_RTF)
      nChars++;
  }
  return ME_StreamOutRange(editor, dwFormat, &start, nChars, stream);
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage().

◆ ME_StreamOutRange()

LRESULT ME_StreamOutRange	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		DWORD	dwFormat,
		const ME_Cursor *	start,
		int	nChars,
		EDITSTREAM *	stream
	)

Definition at line 1163 of file writer.c.

{
  ME_OutStream *pStream = ME_StreamOutInit(editor, stream);
 
  if (dwFormat & SF_RTF)
    ME_StreamOutRTF(editor, pStream, start, nChars, dwFormat);
  else if (dwFormat & SF_TEXT || dwFormat & SF_TEXTIZED)
    ME_StreamOutText(editor, pStream, start, nChars, dwFormat);
  if (!pStream->stream->dwError)
    ME_StreamOutFlush(pStream);
  return ME_StreamOutFree(pStream);
}

Referenced by get_rtf_text(), and ME_StreamOut().

◆ ME_TabPressedInTable()

void ME_TabPressedInTable	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		BOOL	bSelectedRow
	)

Definition at line 562 of file table.c.

{
  /* FIXME: Shift tab should move to the previous cell. */
  ME_Cursor fromCursor, toCursor;
  ME_InvalidateSelection(editor);
  {
    int from, to;
    from = ME_GetCursorOfs(&editor->pCursors[0]);
    to = ME_GetCursorOfs(&editor->pCursors[1]);
    if (from <= to)
    {
      fromCursor = editor->pCursors[0];
      toCursor = editor->pCursors[1];
    } else {
      fromCursor = editor->pCursors[1];
      toCursor = editor->pCursors[0];
    }
  }
  if (!editor->bEmulateVersion10) /* v4.1 */
  {
    if (!ME_IsInTable(toCursor.pRun))
    {
      editor->pCursors[0] = toCursor;
      editor->pCursors[1] = toCursor;
    } else {
      ME_SelectOrInsertNextCell(editor, toCursor.pRun);
    }
  } else { /* v1.0 - 3.0 */
    if (!ME_IsInTable(fromCursor.pRun)) {
      editor->pCursors[0] = fromCursor;
      editor->pCursors[1] = fromCursor;
      /* FIXME: For some reason the caret is shown at the start of the
       *        previous paragraph in v1.0 to v3.0, and bCaretAtEnd only works
       *        within the paragraph for wrapped lines. */
      if (ME_FindItemBack(fromCursor.pRun, diRun))
        editor->bCaretAtEnd = TRUE;
    } else if ((bSelectedRow || !ME_IsInTable(toCursor.pRun))) {
      ME_SelectOrInsertNextCell(editor, fromCursor.pRun);
    } else {
      if (ME_IsSelection(editor) && !toCursor.nOffset)
      {
        ME_DisplayItem *run;
        run = ME_FindItemBack(toCursor.pRun, diRunOrParagraphOrEnd);
        if (run->type == diRun && run->member.run.nFlags & MERF_TAB)
          ME_SelectOrInsertNextCell(editor, run);
        else
          ME_SelectOrInsertNextCell(editor, toCursor.pRun);
      } else {
        ME_SelectOrInsertNextCell(editor, toCursor.pRun);
      }
    }
  }
  ME_InvalidateSelection(editor);
  ME_Repaint(editor);
  update_caret(editor);
  ME_SendSelChange(editor);
}

Referenced by ME_Char().

◆ ME_ToUnicode()

LPWSTR ME_ToUnicode	(	LONG	codepage,
		LPVOID	psz,
		INT *	len
	)

Definition at line 226 of file string.c.

{
  *len = 0;
  if (!psz) return NULL;
 
  if (codepage == CP_UNICODE)
  {
    *len = lstrlenW(psz);
    return psz;
  }
  else {
    WCHAR *tmp;
    int nChars = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, psz, -1, NULL, 0);
 
    if(!nChars) return NULL;
 
    if((tmp = heap_alloc( nChars * sizeof(WCHAR) )) != NULL)
      *len = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, psz, -1, tmp, nChars) - 1;
    return tmp;
  }
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage(), and ME_SetText().

◆ ME_twips2pointsX()

int ME_twips2pointsX	(	const ME_Context *	c,
		int	x
	)

Definition at line 153 of file paint.c.

{
  if (c->editor->nZoomNumerator == 0)
    return x * c->dpi.cx / 1440;
  else
    return x * c->dpi.cx * c->editor->nZoomNumerator / 1440 / c->editor->nZoomDenominator;
}

Referenced by adjust_para_y(), ME_BeginRow(), ME_DrawTableBorders(), ME_GetRunSizeCommon(), ME_InitContext(), and ME_WrapTextParagraph().

◆ ME_twips2pointsY()

int ME_twips2pointsY	(	const ME_Context *	c,
		int	y
	)

Definition at line 161 of file paint.c.

{
  if (c->editor->nZoomNumerator == 0)
    return y * c->dpi.cy / 1440;
  else
    return y * c->dpi.cy * c->editor->nZoomNumerator / 1440 / c->editor->nZoomDenominator;
}

Referenced by adjust_para_y(), calc_y_offset(), ME_DrawParaDecoration(), ME_DrawTableBorders(), ME_GetParaLineSpace(), ME_LogFontFromStyle(), and ME_WrapTextParagraph().

◆ ME_Undo()

BOOL ME_Undo ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 414 of file undo.c.

{
  ME_UndoMode nMode = editor->nUndoMode;
  struct list *head;
  struct undo_item *undo, *cursor2;
 
  if (editor->nUndoMode == umIgnore) return FALSE;
  assert(nMode == umAddToUndo || nMode == umIgnore);
 
  head = list_head( &editor->undo_stack );
  if (!head) return FALSE;
 
  /* watch out for uncommitted transactions ! */
  undo = LIST_ENTRY( head, struct undo_item, entry );
  assert(undo->type == undo_end_transaction
        || undo->type == undo_potential_end_transaction);
 
  editor->nUndoMode = umAddToRedo;
 
  list_remove( &undo->entry );
  destroy_undo_item( undo );
 
  LIST_FOR_EACH_ENTRY_SAFE( undo, cursor2, &editor->undo_stack, struct undo_item, entry )
  {
      if (undo->type == undo_end_transaction) break;
      ME_PlayUndoItem( editor, undo );
      list_remove( &undo->entry );
      destroy_undo_item( undo );
  }
 
  ME_MoveCursorFromTableRowStartParagraph(editor);
  add_undo( editor, undo_end_transaction );
  ME_CheckTablesForCorruption(editor);
  editor->nUndoStackSize--;
  editor->nUndoMode = nMode;
  ME_UpdateRepaint(editor, FALSE);
  return TRUE;
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage(), and ME_KeyDown().

◆ ME_UpdateRepaint()

void ME_UpdateRepaint	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		BOOL	update_now
	)

Definition at line 116 of file paint.c.

{
  /* Should be called whenever the contents of the control have changed */
  BOOL wrappedParagraphs;
 
  wrappedParagraphs = ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs(editor);
  if (wrappedParagraphs)
    ME_UpdateScrollBar(editor);
 
  /* Ensure that the cursor is visible */
  ME_EnsureVisible(editor, &editor->pCursors[0]);
 
  ITextHost_TxViewChange(editor->texthost, update_now);
 
  ME_SendSelChange(editor);
 
  /* send EN_CHANGE if the event mask asks for it */
  if(editor->nEventMask & ENM_CHANGE)
  {
    editor->nEventMask &= ~ENM_CHANGE;
    ME_SendOldNotify(editor, EN_CHANGE);
    editor->nEventMask |= ENM_CHANGE;
  }
}

Referenced by copy_or_cut(), fnTextSrv_TxSetText(), handle_enter(), IRichEditOle_fnInsertObject(), ME_Char(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_KeyDown(), ME_Redo(), ME_ReplaceSel(), ME_StreamIn(), ME_Undo(), and paste_emf().

◆ ME_UpdateRunFlags()

void ME_UpdateRunFlags	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_Run *	run
	)

Definition at line 413 of file run.c.

{
  assert(run->nCharOfs >= 0);
 
  if (RUN_IS_HIDDEN(run) || run->nFlags & MERF_TABLESTART)
    run->nFlags |= MERF_HIDDEN;
  else
    run->nFlags &= ~MERF_HIDDEN;
 
  if (run_is_splittable( run ))
    run->nFlags |= MERF_SPLITTABLE;
  else
    run->nFlags &= ~MERF_SPLITTABLE;
 
  if (!(run->nFlags & MERF_NOTEXT))
  {
    if (run_is_entirely_ws( run ))
      run->nFlags |= MERF_WHITESPACE | MERF_STARTWHITE | MERF_ENDWHITE;
    else
    {
      run->nFlags &= ~MERF_WHITESPACE;
 
      if (ME_IsWSpace( *get_text( run, 0 ) ))
        run->nFlags |= MERF_STARTWHITE;
      else
        run->nFlags &= ~MERF_STARTWHITE;
 
      if (ME_IsWSpace( *get_text( run, run->len - 1 ) ))
        run->nFlags |= MERF_ENDWHITE;
      else
        run->nFlags &= ~MERF_ENDWHITE;
    }
  }
  else
    run->nFlags &= ~(MERF_WHITESPACE | MERF_STARTWHITE | MERF_ENDWHITE);
}

Referenced by ME_JoinRuns(), ME_SplitByBacktracking(), ME_SplitRunSimple(), and ME_WrapSizeRun().

◆ ME_UpdateScrollBar()

void ME_UpdateScrollBar ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 1148 of file paint.c.

{
  /* Note that this is the only function that should ever call
   * SetScrollInfo with SIF_PAGE or SIF_RANGE. */
 
  SCROLLINFO si;
  BOOL bScrollBarWasVisible, bScrollBarWillBeVisible;
 
  if (ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs(editor))
    FIXME("ME_UpdateScrollBar had to call ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs\n");
 
  si.cbSize = sizeof(si);
  si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_RANGE | SIF_POS;
  si.nMin = 0;
  if (editor->styleFlags & ES_DISABLENOSCROLL)
    si.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL;
 
  /* Update horizontal scrollbar */
  bScrollBarWasVisible = editor->horz_si.nMax > editor->horz_si.nPage;
  bScrollBarWillBeVisible = editor->nTotalWidth > editor->sizeWindow.cx;
  if (editor->horz_si.nPos && !bScrollBarWillBeVisible)
  {
    ME_HScrollAbs(editor, 0);
    /* ME_HScrollAbs will call this function,
     * so nothing else needs to be done here. */
    return;
  }
 
  si.nMax = editor->nTotalWidth;
  si.nPos = editor->horz_si.nPos;
  si.nPage = editor->sizeWindow.cx;
 
  if (si.nMax != editor->horz_si.nMax ||
      si.nPage != editor->horz_si.nPage)
  {
    TRACE("min=%d max=%d page=%d\n", si.nMin, si.nMax, si.nPage);
    editor->horz_si.nMax = si.nMax;
    editor->horz_si.nPage = si.nPage;
    if ((bScrollBarWillBeVisible || bScrollBarWasVisible) &&
        editor->styleFlags & WS_HSCROLL)
    {
      if (si.nMax > 0xFFFF)
      {
        /* Native scales the scrollbar info to 16-bit external values. */
        si.nPos = MulDiv(si.nPos, 0xFFFF, si.nMax);
        si.nMax = 0xFFFF;
      }
      if (editor->hWnd) {
        SetScrollInfo(editor->hWnd, SB_HORZ, &si, TRUE);
      } else {
        ITextHost_TxSetScrollRange(editor->texthost, SB_HORZ, si.nMin, si.nMax, FALSE);
        ITextHost_TxSetScrollPos(editor->texthost, SB_HORZ, si.nPos, TRUE);
      }
      /* SetScrollInfo or SetScrollRange change scrollbar visibility. */
      bScrollBarWasVisible = ME_PostSetScrollRangeVisibility(&si);
    }
  }
 
  if (editor->styleFlags & WS_HSCROLL)
  {
    if (si.fMask & SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL) {
      bScrollBarWillBeVisible = TRUE;
    } else if (!(editor->styleFlags & WS_HSCROLL)) {
      bScrollBarWillBeVisible = FALSE;
    }
 
    if (bScrollBarWasVisible != bScrollBarWillBeVisible)
      ITextHost_TxShowScrollBar(editor->texthost, SB_HORZ, bScrollBarWillBeVisible);
  }
 
  /* Update vertical scrollbar */
  bScrollBarWasVisible = editor->vert_si.nMax > editor->vert_si.nPage;
  bScrollBarWillBeVisible = editor->nTotalLength > editor->sizeWindow.cy &&
                            (editor->styleFlags & ES_MULTILINE);
 
  if (editor->vert_si.nPos && !bScrollBarWillBeVisible)
  {
    ME_VScrollAbs(editor, 0);
    /* ME_VScrollAbs will call this function,
     * so nothing else needs to be done here. */
    return;
  }
 
  si.nMax = editor->nTotalLength;
  si.nPos = editor->vert_si.nPos;
  si.nPage = editor->sizeWindow.cy;
 
  if (si.nMax != editor->vert_si.nMax ||
      si.nPage != editor->vert_si.nPage)
  {
    TRACE("min=%d max=%d page=%d\n", si.nMin, si.nMax, si.nPage);
    editor->vert_si.nMax = si.nMax;
    editor->vert_si.nPage = si.nPage;
    if ((bScrollBarWillBeVisible || bScrollBarWasVisible) &&
        editor->styleFlags & WS_VSCROLL)
    {
      if (si.nMax > 0xFFFF)
      {
        /* Native scales the scrollbar info to 16-bit external values. */
        si.nPos = MulDiv(si.nPos, 0xFFFF, si.nMax);
        si.nMax = 0xFFFF;
      }
      if (editor->hWnd) {
        SetScrollInfo(editor->hWnd, SB_VERT, &si, TRUE);
      } else {
        ITextHost_TxSetScrollRange(editor->texthost, SB_VERT, si.nMin, si.nMax, FALSE);
        ITextHost_TxSetScrollPos(editor->texthost, SB_VERT, si.nPos, TRUE);
      }
      /* SetScrollInfo or SetScrollRange change scrollbar visibility. */
      bScrollBarWasVisible = ME_PostSetScrollRangeVisibility(&si);
    }
  }
 
  if (editor->styleFlags & WS_VSCROLL)
  {
    if (si.fMask & SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL) {
      bScrollBarWillBeVisible = TRUE;
    } else if (!(editor->styleFlags & WS_VSCROLL)) {
      bScrollBarWillBeVisible = FALSE;
    }
 
    if (bScrollBarWasVisible != bScrollBarWillBeVisible)
      ITextHost_TxShowScrollBar(editor->texthost, SB_VERT,
                                bScrollBarWillBeVisible);
  }
}

Referenced by handle_EM_SETCHARFORMAT(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_Repaint(), ME_RewrapRepaint(), ME_ScrollAbs(), and ME_UpdateRepaint().

◆ ME_VScrollAbs()

void ME_VScrollAbs	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	y
	)

Definition at line 1111 of file paint.c.

{
  ME_ScrollAbs(editor, editor->horz_si.nPos, y);
}

Referenced by ME_HandleMessage(), ME_ScrollDown(), ME_ScrollUp(), and ME_UpdateScrollBar().

◆ ME_VSplitString()

ME_String * ME_VSplitString	(	ME_String *	orig,
		int	nVPos
	)

Definition at line 131 of file string.c.

{
  ME_String *s;
 
  assert(orig->nBuffer); /* Not a const string */
  assert(charidx>=0);
  assert(charidx<=orig->nLen);
 
  s = ME_MakeStringN(orig->szData+charidx, orig->nLen-charidx);
  if (!s) return NULL;
 
  orig->nLen = charidx;
  orig->szData[charidx] = '\0';
  return s;
}

Referenced by ME_JoinParagraphs(), and ME_SplitParagraph().

◆ ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs()

BOOL ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs ( ME_TextEditor * editor )

Definition at line 1093 of file wrap.c.

{
  ME_DisplayItem *item;
  ME_Context c;
  int totalWidth = editor->nTotalWidth, diff = 0, prev_width;
  ME_DisplayItem *repaint_start = NULL, *repaint_end = NULL;
  ME_Paragraph *para;
 
  if (!editor->first_marked_para)
    return FALSE;
 
  ME_InitContext(&c, editor, ITextHost_TxGetDC(editor->texthost));
 
  item = editor->first_marked_para;
  c.pt = item->member.para.pt;
  while (item != editor->pBuffer->pLast)
  {
    assert(item->type == diParagraph);
 
    prev_width = item->member.para.nWidth;
    ME_WrapTextParagraph(editor, &c, item);
    if (prev_width == totalWidth && item->member.para.nWidth < totalWidth)
      totalWidth = get_total_width(editor);
    else
      totalWidth = max(totalWidth, item->member.para.nWidth);
 
    if (!item->member.para.nCharOfs)
      ME_MarkRepaintEnd(item->member.para.prev_para, &repaint_start, &repaint_end);
    ME_MarkRepaintEnd(item, &repaint_start, &repaint_end);
    adjust_para_y(item, &c, repaint_start, repaint_end);
 
    if (item->member.para.next_para)
    {
      diff = c.pt.y - item->member.para.next_para->member.para.pt.y;
      if (diff)
      {
        para = &item->member.para;
        while (para->next_para && para != &item->member.para.next_marked->member.para &&
               para != &editor->pBuffer->pLast->member.para)
        {
          ME_MarkRepaintEnd(para->next_para, &repaint_start, &repaint_end);
          para->next_para->member.para.pt.y = c.pt.y;
          adjust_para_y(para->next_para, &c, repaint_start, repaint_end);
          para = &para->next_para->member.para;
        }
      }
    }
    if (item->member.para.next_marked)
    {
      ME_DisplayItem *rem = item;
      item = item->member.para.next_marked;
      remove_marked_para(editor, rem);
    }
    else
    {
      remove_marked_para(editor, item);
      item = editor->pBuffer->pLast;
    }
    c.pt.y = item->member.para.pt.y;
  }
  editor->sizeWindow.cx = c.rcView.right-c.rcView.left;
  editor->sizeWindow.cy = c.rcView.bottom-c.rcView.top;
 
  editor->nTotalLength = c.pt.y;
  editor->nTotalWidth = totalWidth;
  editor->pBuffer->pLast->member.para.pt.x = 0;
  editor->pBuffer->pLast->member.para.pt.y = c.pt.y;
 
  ME_DestroyContext(&c);
 
  if (repaint_start || editor->nTotalLength < editor->nLastTotalLength)
    ME_InvalidateParagraphRange(editor, repaint_start, repaint_end);
  return !!repaint_start;
}

Referenced by handle_EM_SETCHARFORMAT(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_InvalidateSelection(), ME_Repaint(), ME_RewrapRepaint(), ME_SelectOrInsertNextCell(), ME_UpdateRepaint(), ME_UpdateScrollBar(), and ME_WmCreate().

◆ para_num_clear()

void para_num_clear ( struct para_num * pn )

Definition at line 442 of file para.c.

{
    if (pn->style)
    {
        ME_ReleaseStyle( pn->style );
        pn->style = NULL;
    }
    ME_DestroyString( pn->text );
    pn->text = NULL;
}

Referenced by destroy_para(), and para_num_clear_list().

◆ para_num_init()

void para_num_init	(	ME_Context *	c,
		ME_Paragraph *	para
	)

Definition at line 395 of file para.c.

{
    ME_Style *style;
    CHARFORMAT2W cf;
    static const WCHAR bullet_font[] = {'S','y','m','b','o','l',0};
    static const WCHAR bullet_str[] = {0xb7, 0};
    static const WCHAR spaceW[] = {' ', 0};
    SIZE sz;
 
    if (!para->fmt.wNumbering) return;
    if (para->para_num.style && para->para_num.text) return;
 
    if (!para->para_num.style)
    {
        style = para->eop_run->style;
 
        if (para->fmt.wNumbering == PFN_BULLET)
        {
            cf.cbSize = sizeof(cf);
            cf.dwMask = CFM_FACE | CFM_CHARSET;
            memcpy( cf.szFaceName, bullet_font, sizeof(bullet_font) );
            cf.bCharSet = SYMBOL_CHARSET;
            style = ME_ApplyStyle( c->editor, style, &cf );
        }
        else
        {
            ME_AddRefStyle( style );
        }
 
        para->para_num.style = style;
    }
 
    if (!para->para_num.text)
    {
        if (para->fmt.wNumbering != PFN_BULLET)
            para->para_num.text = para_num_get_str( para, para_num_get_num( para ) );
        else
            para->para_num.text = ME_MakeStringConst( bullet_str, 1 );
    }
 
    select_style( c, para->para_num.style );
    GetTextExtentPointW( c->hDC, para->para_num.text->szData, para->para_num.text->nLen, &sz );
    para->para_num.width = sz.cx;
    GetTextExtentPointW( c->hDC, spaceW, 1, &sz );
    para->para_num.width += sz.cx;
}

Referenced by ME_WrapTextParagraph().

◆ release_typelib()

void release_typelib ( void )

Definition at line 159 of file apps.c.

{
    unsigned i;
 
    for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(typeinfo); i++)
        if (typeinfo[i])
            ITypeInfo_Release(typeinfo[i]);
 
    if (typelib)
        ITypeLib_Release(typelib);
}

◆ remove_marked_para()

void remove_marked_para	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		ME_DisplayItem *	para
	)

Definition at line 82 of file para.c.

{
    ME_DisplayItem *head = editor->first_marked_para;
 
    assert(di->type == diParagraph);
    if (!di->member.para.next_marked && !di->member.para.prev_marked)
    {
        if (di == head)
            editor->first_marked_para = NULL;
    }
    else if (di->member.para.next_marked && di->member.para.prev_marked)
    {
        di->member.para.prev_marked->member.para.next_marked = di->member.para.next_marked;
        di->member.para.next_marked->member.para.prev_marked = di->member.para.prev_marked;
        di->member.para.prev_marked = di->member.para.next_marked = NULL;
    }
    else if (di->member.para.next_marked)
    {
        assert(di == editor->first_marked_para);
        editor->first_marked_para = di->member.para.next_marked;
        di->member.para.next_marked->member.para.prev_marked = NULL;
        di->member.para.next_marked = NULL;
    }
    else
    {
        di->member.para.prev_marked->member.para.next_marked = NULL;
        di->member.para.prev_marked = NULL;
    }
}

Referenced by destroy_para(), and ME_WrapMarkedParagraphs().

◆ select_style()

void select_style	(	ME_Context *	c,
		ME_Style *	s
	)

Definition at line 369 of file style.c.

{
    HFONT old_font;
    LOGFONTW lf;
    int i, empty, age = 0x7FFFFFFF;
    ME_FontCacheItem *item;
 
    if (c->current_style == s) return;
 
    if (s)
    {
        ME_LogFontFromStyle( c, &lf, s );
 
        for (i = 0; i < HFONT_CACHE_SIZE; i++)
            c->editor->pFontCache[i].nAge++;
        for (i = 0, empty = -1, age = 0; i < HFONT_CACHE_SIZE; i++)
        {
            item = &c->editor->pFontCache[i];
            if (!item->nRefs)
            {
                if (item->nAge > age)
                {
                    empty = i;
                    age = item->nAge;
                }
            }
 
            if (item->hFont && ME_IsFontEqual( &item->lfSpecs, &lf ))
                break;
        }
 
        if (i < HFONT_CACHE_SIZE) /* found */
        {
            item = &c->editor->pFontCache[i];
            TRACE_(richedit_style)( "font reused %d\n", i );
            item->nRefs++;
        }
        else
        {
            assert(empty != -1);
            item = &c->editor->pFontCache[empty];
            if (item->hFont)
            {
                TRACE_(richedit_style)( "font deleted %d\n", empty );
                DeleteObject(item->hFont);
                item->hFont = NULL;
            }
            item->hFont = CreateFontIndirectW( &lf );
            TRACE_(richedit_style)( "font created %d\n", empty );
            item->nRefs = 1;
            item->lfSpecs = lf;
        }
        s->font_cache = item;
        old_font = SelectObject( c->hDC, item->hFont );
        GetTextMetricsW( c->hDC, &s->tm );
        if (!c->orig_font) c->orig_font = old_font;
    }
    else
    {
        SelectObject( c->hDC, c->orig_font );
        c->orig_font = NULL;
    }
 
    if (c->current_style && c->current_style->font_cache)
    {
        release_font_cache( c->current_style->font_cache );
        c->current_style->font_cache = NULL;
    }
    c->current_style = s;
 
    return;
}

Referenced by draw_para_number(), draw_space(), ME_CharFromPointContext(), ME_DestroyContext(), ME_DrawTextWithStyle(), ME_GetTextExtent(), para_num_init(), and shape_run().

◆ set_selection()

int set_selection	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	to,
		int	from
	)

Definition at line 2158 of file editor.c.

{
    int end;
 
    TRACE("%d - %d\n", to, from );
 
    if (!editor->bHideSelection) ME_InvalidateSelection( editor );
    end = set_selection_cursors( editor, to, from );
    if (!editor->bHideSelection) ME_InvalidateSelection( editor );
    update_caret( editor );
    ME_SendSelChange( editor );
 
    return end;
}

◆ set_selection_cursors()

int set_selection_cursors	(	ME_TextEditor *	editor,
		int	from,
		int	to
	)

Definition at line 132 of file caret.c.

{
  int selectionEnd = 0;
  const int len = ME_GetTextLength(editor);
 
  /* all negative values are effectively the same */
  if (from < 0)
    from = -1;
  if (to < 0)
    to = -1;
 
  /* select all */
  if (from == 0 && to == -1)
  {
    ME_SetCursorToStart(editor, &editor->pCursors[1]);
    ME_SetCursorToEnd(editor, &editor->pCursors[0], TRUE);
    return len + 1;
  }
 
  /* if both values are equal and also out of bound, that means to */
  /* put the selection at the end of the text */
  if ((from == to) && (to < 0 || to > len))
  {
    selectionEnd = 1;
  }
  else
  {
    /* if from is negative and to is positive then selection is */
    /* deselected and caret moved to end of the current selection */
    if (from < 0)
    {
      int start, end;
      ME_GetSelectionOfs(editor, &start, &end);
      if (start != end)
      {
          if (end > len)
          {
              editor->pCursors[0].nOffset = 0;
              end --;
          }
          editor->pCursors[1] = editor->pCursors[0];
      }
      return end;
    }
 
    /* adjust to if it's a negative value */
    if (to < 0)
      to = len + 1;
 
    /* flip from and to if they are reversed */
    if (from>to)
    {
      int tmp = from;
      from = to;
      to = tmp;
    }
 
    /* after fiddling with the values, we find from > len && to > len */
    if (from > len)
      selectionEnd = 1;
    /* special case with to too big */
    else if (to > len)
      to = len + 1;
  }
 
  if (selectionEnd)
  {
    ME_SetCursorToEnd(editor, &editor->pCursors[0], FALSE);
    editor->pCursors[1] = editor->pCursors[0];
    return len;
  }
 
  ME_CursorFromCharOfs(editor, from, &editor->pCursors[1]);
  editor->pCursors[0] = editor->pCursors[1];
  ME_MoveCursorChars(editor, &editor->pCursors[0], to - from, FALSE);
  /* Selection is not allowed in the middle of an end paragraph run. */
  if (editor->pCursors[1].pRun->member.run.nFlags & MERF_ENDPARA)
    editor->pCursors[1].nOffset = 0;
  if (editor->pCursors[0].pRun->member.run.nFlags & MERF_ENDPARA)
  {
    if (to > len)
      editor->pCursors[0].nOffset = editor->pCursors[0].pRun->member.run.len;
    else
      editor->pCursors[0].nOffset = 0;
  }
  return to;
}

Referenced by fnTextSrv_TxSetText(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_StreamIn(), and set_selection().

◆ show_caret()

void show_caret ( ME_TextEditor * ed )

Definition at line 282 of file caret.c.

{
  ITextHost_TxShowCaret(editor->texthost, TRUE);
  editor->caret_hidden = FALSE;
}

Referenced by update_caret().

◆ update_caret()

void update_caret ( ME_TextEditor * ed )

Definition at line 298 of file caret.c.

{
  int x, y, height;
 
  if (!editor->bHaveFocus) return;
  if (!ME_IsSelection(editor))
  {
    ME_GetCursorCoordinates(editor, &editor->pCursors[0], &x, &y, &height);
    if (height != editor->caret_height) create_caret(editor);
    x = min(x, editor->rcFormat.right-1);
    ITextHost_TxSetCaretPos(editor->texthost, x, y);
    show_caret(editor);
  }
  else
    hide_caret(editor);
#ifdef __REACTOS__
  if (ImmIsIME(GetKeyboardLayout(0)))
  {
    HIMC hIMC = ImmGetContext(editor->hWnd);
    if (hIMC)
    {
      CHARFORMAT2W fmt;
      LOGFONTW lf;
      COMPOSITIONFORM CompForm;
      POINT pt = { x, y };
 
      CompForm.ptCurrentPos = pt;
      if (editor->styleFlags & ES_MULTILINE)
      {
        CompForm.dwStyle = CFS_RECT;
        CompForm.rcArea = editor->rcFormat;
      }
      else
      {
        CompForm.dwStyle = CFS_POINT;
        SetRectEmpty(&CompForm.rcArea);
      }
      ImmSetCompositionWindow(hIMC, &CompForm);
 
      fmt.cbSize = sizeof(fmt);
      ME_GetSelectionCharFormat(editor, &fmt);
 
      ZeroMemory(&lf, sizeof(lf));
      lf.lfCharSet = DEFAULT_CHARSET;
      if (fmt.dwMask & CFM_SIZE)
      {
        HDC hdc = CreateCompatibleDC(NULL);
        lf.lfHeight = -MulDiv(fmt.yHeight, GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY), 1440);
        DeleteDC(hdc);
      }
      if (fmt.dwMask & CFM_CHARSET)
        lf.lfCharSet = fmt.bCharSet;
      if (fmt.dwMask & CFM_FACE)
        lstrcpynW(lf.lfFaceName, fmt.szFaceName, ARRAY_SIZE(lf.lfFaceName));
      ImmSetCompositionFontW(hIMC, &lf);
 
      ImmReleaseContext(editor->hWnd, hIMC);
    }
  }
#endif
}

Referenced by ME_ArrowKey(), ME_HandleMessage(), ME_LButtonDown(), ME_MouseMove(), ME_StreamIn(), ME_TabPressedInTable(), ME_WmCreate(), RichEditWndProc_common(), and set_selection().

Variable Documentation

◆ DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

BOOL me_debug DECLSPEC_HIDDEN

extern

Definition at line 257 of file editor.h.

Macros

Functions

Variables

Macro Definition Documentation

◆ CP_UNICODE

◆ InitFormatEtc

◆ ITextHost_OnTxCharFormatChange

◆ ITextHost_OnTxParaFormatChange

◆ ITextHost_TxActivate

◆ ITextHost_TxClientToScreen

◆ ITextHost_TxCreateCaret

◆ ITextHost_TxDeactivate

◆ ITextHost_TxEnableScrollBar

◆ ITextHost_TxGetAcceleratorPos

◆ ITextHost_TxGetBackStyle

◆ ITextHost_TxGetCharFormat

◆ ITextHost_TxGetClientRect

◆ ITextHost_TxGetDC

◆ ITextHost_TxGetExtent

◆ ITextHost_TxGetMaxLength

◆ ITextHost_TxGetParaFormat

◆ ITextHost_TxGetPasswordChar

◆ ITextHost_TxGetPropertyBits

◆ ITextHost_TxGetScrollBars

◆ ITextHost_TxGetSelectionBarWidth

◆ ITextHost_TxGetSysColor

◆ ITextHost_TxGetViewInset

◆ ITextHost_TxImmGetContext

◆ ITextHost_TxImmReleaseContext

◆ ITextHost_TxInvalidateRect

◆ ITextHost_TxKillTimer

◆ ITextHost_TxNotify

◆ ITextHost_TxReleaseDC

◆ ITextHost_TxScreenToClient

◆ ITextHost_TxScrollWindowEx

◆ ITextHost_TxSetCapture

◆ ITextHost_TxSetCaretPos

◆ ITextHost_TxSetCursor

◆ ITextHost_TxSetFocus

◆ ITextHost_TxSetScrollPos

◆ ITextHost_TxSetScrollRange

◆ ITextHost_TxSetTimer

◆ ITextHost_TxShowCaret

◆ ITextHost_TxShowScrollBar

◆ ITextHost_TxViewChange

◆ RUN_IS_HIDDEN

◆ TXTHOST_VTABLE

Function Documentation

◆ add_marked_para()

◆ add_undo_delete_run()

◆ add_undo_insert_run()

◆ add_undo_join_paras()

◆ add_undo_set_char_fmt()

◆ add_undo_set_para_fmt()

◆ add_undo_split_para()

◆ cf2w_to_cfany()

◆ cfany_to_cf2w()

◆ create_caret()

◆ CreateIRichEditOle()

◆ debugstr_run()

◆ destroy_para()

◆ get_di_from_para()

◆ get_text()

◆ get_total_width()

◆ hide_caret()

◆ mark_para_rewrap()

◆ ME_AddRefStyle()

◆ ME_AppendString()

◆ ME_AppendTableRow()

◆ ME_ApplyStyle()

◆ ME_ArrowKey()

◆ ME_CallWordBreakProc()

◆ ME_CanJoinRuns()

◆ ME_CharCompare()

◆ ME_CharFormatFromLogFont()

◆ ME_CharFromPoint()

◆ ME_CharFromPointContext()

◆ ME_CharFromPos()

◆ ME_CharOfsFromRunOfs()

◆ ME_CheckCharOffsets()